Revision Standard – Superseded. Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb\/s to 10 Gb\/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification, management information base (MIB), and capability for Link Aggregation of multiple physical links into a single logical link. The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA\/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected physical layer (PHY) interfaces for operation over coaxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb\/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include: various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitan area network applications, and the provision of power over selected twisted pair PHY types. (Supersedes 802.3-2002 + 802.3ae-2002 + 802.3af-2003 + 802.3ah-2004 + 802.3aj-2003 + 802.3ak-2004).<\/p>\n
| PDF Pages<\/th>\n | PDF Title<\/th>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 5<\/td>\n | Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 6<\/td>\n | Conformance test methodology Notice to users Interpretations Patents Participants Historical participants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 22<\/td>\n | List of special symbols <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 24<\/td>\n | Contents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 29<\/td>\n | 1. Introduction 1.1 Overview 1.1.1 Basic concepts 1.1.1.1 Half duplex operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 30<\/td>\n | 1.1.1.2 Full duplex operation 1.1.2 Architectural perspectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 31<\/td>\n | 1.1.2.1 Architectural rationale 1.1.2.2 Compatibility interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 33<\/td>\n | 1.1.3 Layer interfaces 1.1.4 Application areas 1.2 Notation 1.2.1 State diagram conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 34<\/td>\n | 1.2.2 Service specification method and notation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 35<\/td>\n | 1.2.2.1 Classification of service primitives 1.2.3 Physical Layer and media notation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 36<\/td>\n | 1.2.4 Physical Layer message notation 1.2.5 Hexadecimal notation 1.3 Normative references <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 42<\/td>\n | 1.4 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 66<\/td>\n | 1.5 Abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 70<\/td>\n | 2. Media Access Control (MAC) service specification 2.1 Scope and field of application <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 71<\/td>\n | 2.2 Overview of the service 2.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer 2.2.2 Model used for the service specification 2.2.3 Overview of interactions 2.2.4 Basic services and options 2.3 Detailed service specification 2.3.1 MA_DATA.request 2.3.1.1 Function 2.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 72<\/td>\n | 2.3.1.3 When generated 2.3.1.4 Effect of receipt 2.3.1.5 Additional comments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 73<\/td>\n | 2.3.2 MA_DATA.indication 2.3.2.1 Function 2.3.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 2.3.2.3 When generated 2.3.2.4 Effect of receipt 2.3.2.5 Additional comments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 74<\/td>\n | 2.3.3 MA_CONTROL.request 2.3.3.1 Function 2.3.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 75<\/td>\n | 2.3.3.3 When generated 2.3.3.4 Effect of receipt 2.3.4 MA_CONTROL.indication 2.3.4.1 Function 2.3.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 2.3.4.3 When generated 2.3.4.4 Effect of receipt 3. Media access control frame structure 3.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 76<\/td>\n | 3.1.1 MAC frame format 3.2 Elements of the MAC frame 3.2.1 Preamble field 3.2.2 Start Frame Delimiter (SFD) field 3.2.3 Address fields <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 77<\/td>\n | 3.2.3.1 Address designation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 78<\/td>\n | 3.2.4 Destination Address field 3.2.5 Source Address field 3.2.6 Length\/Type field 3.2.7 Data and PAD fields <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 79<\/td>\n | 3.2.8 Frame Check Sequence (FCS) field 3.2.9 Extension field 3.3 Order of bit transmission 3.4 Invalid MAC frame <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 80<\/td>\n | 3.5 Elements of the Tagged MAC Frame <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 81<\/td>\n | 3.5.1 Preamble field 3.5.2 Start Frame Delimiter (SFD) field 3.5.3 Address fields 3.5.4 Length\/Type field 3.5.5 Tag Control Information field (informative) 3.5.6 MAC Client Length\/Type field 3.5.7 Data and PAD fields 3.5.8 Frame Check Sequence (FCS) field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 82<\/td>\n | 3.5.9 Extension field 4. Media Access Control 4.1 Functional model of the MAC method 4.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 83<\/td>\n | 4.1.2 CSMA\/CD operation 4.1.2.1 Normal operation 4.1.2.1.1 Transmission without contention <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 84<\/td>\n | 4.1.2.1.2 Reception without contention <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 85<\/td>\n | 4.1.2.2 Access interference and recovery 4.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and Physical Layers 4.2 CSMA\/CD Media Access Control (MAC) method: Precise specification 4.2.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 86<\/td>\n | 4.2.2 Overview of the procedural model 4.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 87<\/td>\n | 4.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model 4.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 88<\/td>\n | 4.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model 4.2.3 Frame transmission model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 89<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 94<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.2 Transmit media access management 4.2.3.2.1 Deference 4.2.3.2.2 Interframe spacing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 95<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.2.3 Collision handling (half duplex mode only) 4.2.3.2.4 Collision detection and enforcement (half duplex mode only) 4.2.3.2.5 Collision backoff and retransmission (half duplex mode only) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 96<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.2.6 Full duplex transmission 4.2.3.2.7 Frame bursting (half duplex mode only) 4.2.3.3 Minimum frame size <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 97<\/td>\n | 4.2.3.4 Carrier extension (half duplex mode only) 4.2.4 Frame reception model 4.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation 4.2.4.1.1 Address recognition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 98<\/td>\n | 4.2.4.1.2 Frame check sequence validation 4.2.4.1.3 Frame disassembly 4.2.4.2 Receive media access management 4.2.4.2.1 Framing 4.2.4.2.2 Collision filtering <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 99<\/td>\n | 4.2.5 Preamble generation 4.2.6 Start frame sequence 4.2.7 Global declarations 4.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 100<\/td>\n | 4.2.7.2 Transmit state variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 101<\/td>\n | 4.2.7.3 Receive state variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 102<\/td>\n | 4.2.7.4 Summary of interlayer interfaces 4.2.7.5 State variable initialization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 103<\/td>\n | 4.2.8 Frame transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 110<\/td>\n | 4.2.9 Frame reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 113<\/td>\n | 4.2.10 Common procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 114<\/td>\n | 4.3 Interfaces to\/from adjacent layers 4.3.1 Overview 4.3.2 Services provided by the MAC sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 116<\/td>\n | 4.3.3 Services required from the Physical Layer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 117<\/td>\n | 4.4 Specific implementations 4.4.1 Compatibility overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 118<\/td>\n | 4.4.2 Allowable implementations 4.4.3 Configuration guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 119<\/td>\n | 5. Layer Management 5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 Systems Management overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 120<\/td>\n | 5.1.2 Layer Management model 5.1.3 Packages 5.1.4 Conformance requirements 5.2 Management facilities 5.2.1 Introduction 5.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer Management facilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 122<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer attributes 5.2.2.1.1 aMACID 5.2.2.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 123<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames 5.2.2.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames 5.2.2.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK 5.2.2.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 124<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 5.2.2.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK 5.2.2.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions 5.2.2.1.10 aLateCollisions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 125<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls 5.2.2.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError 5.2.2.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors 5.2.2.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 126<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError 5.2.2.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus 5.2.2.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList 5.2.2.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 127<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK 5.2.2.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral 5.2.2.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK 5.2.2.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 128<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors 5.2.2.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField 5.2.2.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors 5.2.2.1.26 aMACEnableStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 129<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus 5.2.2.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus 5.2.2.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress 5.2.2.1.30 aCollisionFrames <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 130<\/td>\n | 5.2.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer actions 5.2.2.2.1 acInitializeMAC 5.2.2.2.2 acAddGroupAddress 5.2.2.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress 5.2.2.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest 5.2.2.3 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class 5.2.2.3.1 ResourceTypeID 5.2.3 DTE Physical Sublayer Management facilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 131<\/td>\n | 5.2.3.1 DTE Physical Sublayer attributes 5.2.3.1.1 aPHYID 5.2.3.1.2 aSQETestErrors 5.2.4 DTE Management procedural model 5.2.4.1 Common constants and types 5.2.4.2 Transmit variables and procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 134<\/td>\n | 5.2.4.3 Receive variables and procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 135<\/td>\n | 5.2.4.4 Common procedures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 136<\/td>\n | 6. Physical Signaling (PLS) service specifications 6.1 Scope and field of application 6.2 Overview of the service 6.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer 6.2.2 Model used for the service specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 137<\/td>\n | 6.2.3 Overview of interactions 6.2.4 Basic services and options 6.3 Detailed service specification 6.3.1 Peer-to-peer service primitives 6.3.1.1 PLS_DATA.request 6.3.1.1.1 Function 6.3.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 138<\/td>\n | 6.3.1.1.3 When generated 6.3.1.1.4 Effect of receipt 6.3.1.2 PLS_DATA.indication 6.3.1.2.1 Function 6.3.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 6.3.1.2.3 When generated 6.3.1.2.4 Effect of receipt 6.3.2 Sublayer-to-sublayer service primitives 6.3.2.1 PLS_CARRIER.indication 6.3.2.1.1 Function 6.3.2.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 139<\/td>\n | 6.3.2.1.3 When generated 6.3.2.1.4 Effect of receipt 6.3.2.2 PLS_SIGNAL.indication 6.3.2.2.1 Function 6.3.2.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 6.3.2.2.3 When generated 6.3.2.2.4 Effect of receipt 6.3.2.3 PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 6.3.2.3.1 Function 6.3.2.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 140<\/td>\n | 6.3.2.3.3 When generated 6.3.2.3.4 Effect of receipt 7. Physical Signaling (PLS) and Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) specifications 7.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 141<\/td>\n | 7.1.1 Definitions 7.1.2 Summary of major concepts 7.1.3 Application 7.1.4 Modes of operation 7.1.5 Allocation of function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 142<\/td>\n | 7.2 Functional specification 7.2.1 PLS-PMA (DTE-MAU) Interface protocol 7.2.1.1 PLS to PMA messages 7.2.1.1.1 output message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 143<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.1.2 output_idle message 7.2.1.1.3 normal message 7.2.1.1.4 isolate message (optional) 7.2.1.1.5 mau_request message (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 145<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.2 PMA to PLS interface 7.2.1.2.1 input message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 146<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.2.2 input_idle message 7.2.1.2.3 signal_quality_error message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 147<\/td>\n | 7.2.1.2.4 mau_available message 7.2.1.2.5 mau_not_available message (optional) 7.2.2 PLS interface to MAC and management entities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 148<\/td>\n | 7.2.2.1 PLS-MAC interface 7.2.2.1.1 OUTPUT_UNIT 7.2.2.1.2 OUTPUT_STATUS 7.2.2.1.3 INPUT_UNIT 7.2.2.1.4 CARRIER_STATUS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 149<\/td>\n | 7.2.2.1.5 SIGNAL_STATUS 7.2.2.1.6 DATA_VALID_STATUS 7.2.2.2 PLS-management entity interface 7.2.2.2.1 RESET_REQUEST 7.2.2.2.2 RESET_RESPONSE <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 150<\/td>\n | 7.2.2.2.3 MODE_CONTROL 7.2.2.2.4 SQE_TEST 7.2.3 Frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 151<\/td>\n | 7.2.3.1 Silence 7.2.3.2 Preamble 7.2.3.3 Start of Frame Delimiter (SFD) 7.2.3.4 Data 7.2.3.5 End of transmission delimiter 7.2.4 PLS functions 7.2.4.1 Reset and Identify function 7.2.4.2 Mode function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 152<\/td>\n | 7.2.4.3 Output function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 153<\/td>\n | 7.2.4.4 Input function 7.2.4.5 Error Sense function 7.2.4.6 Carrier Sense function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 154<\/td>\n | 7.3 Signal characteristics 7.3.1 Signal encoding 7.3.1.1 Data encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 157<\/td>\n | 7.3.1.2 Control encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 158<\/td>\n | 7.3.2 Signaling rate 7.3.3 Signaling levels 7.4 Electrical characteristics 7.4.1 Driver characteristics 7.4.1.1 Differential output voltage, loaded <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 161<\/td>\n | 7.4.1.2 Requirements after idle 7.4.1.3 AC common-mode output voltage 7.4.1.4 Differential output voltage, open circuit 7.4.1.5 DC common-mode output voltage 7.4.1.6 Fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 162<\/td>\n | 7.4.2 Receiver characteristics 7.4.2.1 Receiver threshold levels 7.4.2.2 AC differential input impedance 7.4.2.3 AC common-mode range <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 163<\/td>\n | 7.4.2.4 Total common-mode range 7.4.2.5 Idle input behavior 7.4.2.6 Fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 164<\/td>\n | 7.4.3 AUI cable characteristics 7.4.3.1 Conductor size 7.4.3.2 Pair-to-pair balanced crosstalk 7.4.3.3 Differential characteristic impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 165<\/td>\n | 7.4.3.4 Transfer impedance 7.4.3.5 Attenuation 7.4.3.6 Timing jitter 7.4.3.7 Delay 7.5 Functional description of interchange circuits 7.5.1 General <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 166<\/td>\n | 7.5.2 Definition of interchange circuits 7.5.2.1 Circuit DO-Data Out 7.5.2.2 Circuit DI-Data In <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 167<\/td>\n | 7.5.2.3 Circuit CO-Control Out (optional) 7.5.2.4 Circuit CI-Control In 7.5.2.5 Circuit VP-Voltage Plus 7.5.2.6 Circuit VC-Voltage Common 7.5.2.7 Circuit PG-Protective Ground 7.5.2.8 Circuit shield terminations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 168<\/td>\n | 7.6 Mechanical characteristics 7.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface 7.6.2 Line interface connector 7.6.3 Contact assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 171<\/td>\n | 8. Medium Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5 8.1 Scope 8.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 172<\/td>\n | 8.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit 8.1.1.2 Repeater unit 8.1.2 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 173<\/td>\n | 8.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and MEDIUM objectives 8.1.3.1 Object 8.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 8.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AU interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 174<\/td>\n | 8.1.3.4 Modes of operation 8.2 MAU functional specifications 8.2.1 MAU Physical Layer functions 8.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 175<\/td>\n | 8.2.1.2 Receive function requirements 8.2.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 176<\/td>\n | 8.2.1.4 Monitor function requirements (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 177<\/td>\n | 8.2.1.5 Jabber function requirements 8.2.2 MAU interface messages 8.2.2.1 DTE physical layer to MAU physical layer messages 8.2.2.2 MAU physical layer to DTE physical layer 8.2.2.2.1 input message 8.2.2.2.2 input_idle message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 178<\/td>\n | 8.2.2.2.3 mau_available message 8.2.2.2.4 signal_quality_error message 8.2.3 MAU state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 179<\/td>\n | 8.3 MAU\u2013medium electrical characteristics 8.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 8.3.1.1 Input impedance 8.3.1.2 Bias current 8.3.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 183<\/td>\n | 8.3.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry 8.3.1.5 Collision detect thresholds <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 184<\/td>\n | 8.3.2 MAU electrical characteristics 8.3.2.1 Electrical isolation 8.3.2.2 Power consumption 8.3.2.3 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 185<\/td>\n | 8.3.3 MAU-DTE electrical characteristics 8.3.4 MAU-DTE mechanical connection 8.4 Characteristics of the coaxial cable 8.4.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters 8.4.1.1 Characteristic impedance 8.4.1.2 Attenuation 8.4.1.3 Velocity of propagation 8.4.1.4 Edge jitter, untapped cable 8.4.1.5 Transfer impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 186<\/td>\n | 8.4.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance 8.4.2 Coaxial cable properties 8.4.2.1 Mechanical requirements 8.4.2.1.1 General construction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 187<\/td>\n | 8.4.2.1.2 Center conductor 8.4.2.1.3 Dielectric material 8.4.2.1.4 Shielding system 8.4.2.1.5 Overall jacket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 188<\/td>\n | 8.4.2.2 Jacket marking 8.4.3 Total segment dc loop resistance 8.5 Coaxial trunk cable connectors 8.5.1 Inline coaxial extension connector 8.5.2 Coaxial cable terminator 8.5.2.1 Termination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 189<\/td>\n | 8.5.2.2 Earthing 8.5.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection 8.5.3.1 Electrical requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 190<\/td>\n | 8.5.3.2 Mechanical requirements 8.5.3.2.1 Connector housing 8.5.3.2.2 Contact reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 191<\/td>\n | 8.5.3.2.3 Shield probe characteristics 8.6 System considerations 8.6.1 Transmission system model 8.6.2 Transmission system requirements 8.6.2.1 Cable sectioning <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 192<\/td>\n | 8.6.2.2 MAU placement 8.6.2.3 Trunk cable system grounding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 193<\/td>\n | 8.6.3 Labeling 8.7 Environmental specifications 8.7.1 General safety requirements 8.7.2 Network safety requirements 8.7.2.1 Installations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 194<\/td>\n | 8.7.2.2 Grounding 8.7.2.3 Safety 8.7.2.4 Breakdown path 8.7.2.5 Isolation boundary 8.7.2.6 Installation and maintenance guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 195<\/td>\n | 8.7.3 Electromagnetic environment 8.7.3.1 Susceptibility levels 8.7.3.2 Emission levels 8.7.4 Temperature and humidity 8.7.5 Regulatory requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 196<\/td>\n | 8.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 8, Medium Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 8.8.1 Overview 8.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 8.8.2.1 Status symbols 8.8.2.2 Abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 197<\/td>\n | 8.8.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 8.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 8.8.3.2 Additional information 8.8.3.3 Exception information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 198<\/td>\n | 8.8.3.4 Conditional items 8.8.4 Identification 8.8.4.1 Implementation identification 8.8.4.2 Protocol summary 8.8.5 Global statement of conformance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 199<\/td>\n | 8.8.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU 8.8.6.1 MAU compatibility 8.8.6.2 Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 200<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.3 Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 201<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.4 Collision function 8.8.6.5 Monitor function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 202<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.6 Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 203<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.7 MAU to coaxial cable interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 204<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.8 MAU electrical characteristics 8.8.6.9 MAU-DTE requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 205<\/td>\n | 8.8.6.10 MAU to coaxial cable connection 8.8.6.11 Safety requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 206<\/td>\n | 8.8.7 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics 8.8.7.1 Signal characteristics 8.8.7.2 DI and CI driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 207<\/td>\n | 8.8.7.3 DO receiver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 208<\/td>\n | 8.8.7.4 CO receiver characteristics 8.8.7.5 Circuit termination 8.8.7.6 Mechanical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 210<\/td>\n | 8.8.8 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE5 coaxial cable 8.8.8.1 10BASE5 coaxial cable characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 211<\/td>\n | 9. Repeater unit for 10 Mb\/s baseband networks 9.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 212<\/td>\n | 9.2 References 9.3 Definitions 9.4 Compatibility interface 9.4.1 AUI compatibility 9.4.2 Mixing segment compatibility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 213<\/td>\n | 9.4.2.1 Direct coaxial cable attachment compatibility 9.4.2.2 \u201cN\u201d connector compatibility 9.4.2.3 BNC compatibility 9.4.2.4 BFOC\/2.5 (10BASE-FP) compatibility 9.4.3 Link segment compatibility 9.4.3.1 Vendor-dependent IRL 9.4.3.2 Fiber optic FOIRL compatibility 9.4.3.3 Twisted-pair jack compatibility 9.4.3.4 Fiber optic 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL compatibility 9.5 Basic functions 9.5.1 Repeater set network properties <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 214<\/td>\n | 9.5.2 Signal amplification 9.5.3 Signal symmetry 9.5.4 Signal retiming 9.5.5 Data handling 9.5.5.1 Start-of-packet propagation delays <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 215<\/td>\n | 9.5.5.2 Start-of-packet variability 9.5.6 Collision handling 9.5.6.1 Collision presence 9.5.6.2 Jam generation 9.5.6.3 Collision-jam propagation delays <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 216<\/td>\n | 9.5.6.4 Transmit recovery time 9.5.6.5 Carrier recovery time 9.5.7 Electrical isolation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 217<\/td>\n | 9.6 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 9.6.1 State diagram notation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 220<\/td>\n | 9.6.2 Data and collision handling 9.6.3 Preamble regeneration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 221<\/td>\n | 9.6.4 Fragment extension <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 222<\/td>\n | 9.6.5 MAU Jabber Lockup Protection 9.6.6 Auto-Partitioning\/Reconnection (optional) 9.6.6.1 Overview 9.6.6.2 Detailed auto-partition\/reconnection algorithm state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 224<\/td>\n | 9.7 Electrical isolation 9.7.1 Environment A requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 225<\/td>\n | 9.7.2 Environment B requirements 9.8 Reliability 9.9 Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specification for a vendor-independent FOIRL 9.9.1 Scope 9.9.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 227<\/td>\n | 9.9.1.2 Application perspective: FOMAU and medium objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 228<\/td>\n | 9.9.1.3 Compatibility considerations 9.9.1.4 Relationship to AUI 9.9.1.5 Mode of operation 9.9.2 FOMAU functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 229<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 230<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.2 Receive function requirements 9.9.2.3 Collision Presence function requirements 9.9.2.4 Jabber function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 231<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.5 Low Light Level Detection function requirements 9.9.2.6 Repeater Unit to FOMAU physical layer messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 232<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.7 FOMAU physical layer to repeater unit messages 9.9.2.7.1 input message 9.9.2.7.2 input_idle message 9.9.2.7.3 fomau_available message 9.9.2.7.4 signal_quality_error message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 233<\/td>\n | 9.9.2.8 FOMAU state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 235<\/td>\n | 9.9.3 FOMAU electrical characteristics 9.9.3.1 Electrical isolation 9.9.3.2 Power consumption 9.9.3.3 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 236<\/td>\n | 9.9.3.4 FOMAU\/Repeater unit electrical characteristics 9.9.3.5 FOMAU\/Repeater unit mechanical connection 9.9.4 FOMAU\/Optical medium interface 9.9.4.1 Transmit optical parameters 9.9.4.1.1 Wavelength 9.9.4.1.2 Spectral width 9.9.4.1.3 Optical modulation 9.9.4.1.4 Optical idle signal 9.9.4.1.5 Transmit optical logic polarity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 238<\/td>\n | 9.9.4.1.6 Optical rise and fall times <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 239<\/td>\n | 9.9.4.1.7 Transmit optical pulse edge jitter 9.9.4.1.8 Peak coupled optical power 9.9.4.2 Receive optical parameters 9.9.4.2.1 Receive peak optical power range 9.9.4.2.2 Receive optical pulse edge jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 240<\/td>\n | 9.9.4.2.3 Receive optical logic polarity 9.9.5 Characteristics of the optical fiber cable link segment 9.9.5.1 Optical fiber medium 9.9.5.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 241<\/td>\n | 9.9.6 System requirements 9.9.6.1 Optical transmission system considerations 9.9.6.2 Timing considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 242<\/td>\n | 9.9.7 Environmental specifications 9.9.7.1 Safety requirements 9.9.7.1.1 Electrical safety 9.9.7.1.2 Optical source safety 9.9.7.2 Electromagnetic environment 9.9.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 243<\/td>\n | 9.9.7.2.2 Emission levels 9.9.7.3 Temperature and humidity 10 Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE2 10.1 Scope 10.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 244<\/td>\n | 10.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit (normally contained within the data terminal equipment [DTE]) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 245<\/td>\n | 10.1.1.2 Repeater unit 10.1.2 Definitions 10.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and medium objectives 10.1.3.1 Object 10.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 246<\/td>\n | 10.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI 10.1.3.4 Mode of operation 10.2 References 10.3 MAU functional specifications 10.3.1 MAU Physical Layer functional requirements 10.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 247<\/td>\n | 10.3.1.2 Receive function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 248<\/td>\n | 10.3.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 249<\/td>\n | 10.3.1.4 Jabber functional requirements 10.3.2 MAU interface messages 10.3.2.1 DTE to MAU messages 10.3.2.2 MAU to DTE messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 250<\/td>\n | 10.3.2.2.1 input message 10.3.2.2.2 input_idle message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 251<\/td>\n | 10.3.2.2.3 mau_available message 10.3.2.2.4 signal_quality_error (SQE) message 10.3.3 MAU state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 252<\/td>\n | 10.4 MAU-medium electrical characteristics 10.4.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 10.4.1.1 Input impedance 10.4.1.2 Bias current 10.4.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 253<\/td>\n | 10.4.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 254<\/td>\n | 10.4.1.5 Collision detect thresholds 10.4.2 MAU electrical characteristics 10.4.2.1 Electrical isolation 10.4.2.2 Power consumption 10.4.2.3 Reliability 10.4.3 MAU-DTE electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 255<\/td>\n | 10.5 Characteristics of coaxial cable system 10.5.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters 10.5.1.1 Characteristic impedance 10.5.1.2 Attenuation 10.5.1.3 Velocity of propagation 10.5.1.4 Edge jitter; entire segment without DTEs attached 10.5.1.5 Transfer impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 256<\/td>\n | 10.5.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance 10.5.2 Coaxial cable physical parameters 10.5.2.1 Mechanical requirements 10.5.2.1.1 General construction 10.5.2.1.2 Center conductor 10.5.2.1.3 Dielectric material <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 257<\/td>\n | 10.5.2.1.4 Shielding system 10.5.2.1.5 Overall jacket 10.5.2.2 Jacket marking 10.5.3 Total segment dc loop resistance 10.6 Coaxial trunk cable connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 258<\/td>\n | 10.6.1 In-line coaxial extension connector 10.6.2 Coaxial cable terminator 10.6.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 259<\/td>\n | 10.7 System considerations 10.7.1 Transmission system model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 260<\/td>\n | 10.7.2 Transmission system requirements 10.7.2.1 Cable sectioning 10.7.2.2 MAU placement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 261<\/td>\n | 10.7.2.3 Trunk cable system earthing 10.7.2.4 Static discharge path 10.7.2.4.1 Installation environment 10.8 Environmental specifications 10.8.1 Safety requirements 10.8.1.1 Installations 10.8.1.2 Earthing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 262<\/td>\n | 10.8.2 Electromagnetic environment 10.8.2.1 Susceptibility levels 10.8.2.2 Emission levels 10.8.3 Regulatory requirements 11 Broadband medium attachment unit and broadband medium specifications, type 10BROAD36 11.1 Scope 11.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 265<\/td>\n | 11.1.2 Definitions 11.1.3 MAU and medium objectives 11.1.4 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 266<\/td>\n | 11.1.5 Relationship to PLS and AUI 11.1.6 Mode of operation 11.2 MAU functional specifications 11.2.1 MAU functional requirements 11.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 267<\/td>\n | 11.2.1.2 Receive function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 268<\/td>\n | 11.2.1.3 Collision Detection function requirements 11.2.1.3.1 Collision enforcement transmitter requirements 11.2.1.3.2 Collision enforcement detection requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 269<\/td>\n | 11.2.1.4 Jabber function requirements 11.2.2 DTE PLS to MAU and MAU to DTE PLS messages 11.2.2.1 DTE Physical Layer to MAU Physical Layer messages 11.2.2.2 MAU Physical Layer to DTE Physical Layer messages 11.2.2.2.1 input message 11.2.2.2.2 input_idle message 11.2.2.2.3 mau_available message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 270<\/td>\n | 11.2.2.3 signal_quality_error message 11.2.3 MAU state diagrams 11.2.3.1 MAU state diagram messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 271<\/td>\n | 11.2.3.2 MAU state diagram signal names <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 274<\/td>\n | 11.3 MAU characteristics 11.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 11.3.1.1 Receive interface 11.3.1.1.1 Receive input impedance 11.3.1.1.2 Receiver squelch requirements 11.3.1.1.3 Receive level requirements 11.3.1.1.4 Receiver selectivity and linearity requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 275<\/td>\n | 11.3.1.1.5 Receive input mechanical requirements 11.3.1.2 Transmit interface 11.3.1.2.1 Transmit output impedance 11.3.1.2.2 Transmitted RF packet format 11.3.1.2.3 Transmit spectrum and group delay characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 277<\/td>\n | 11.3.1.2.4 Transmit out-of-band spectrum <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 278<\/td>\n | 11.3.1.2.5 Transmit level requirements 11.3.1.2.6 Nontransmitting signal leakage requirement 11.3.1.2.7 Transmit spurious output requirement 11.3.1.2.8 Collision enforcement signal leakage requirement 11.3.1.2.9 Transmit output mechanical requirements 11.3.2 MAU frequency allocations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 279<\/td>\n | 11.3.2.1 Single-cable systems frequency allocations 11.3.2.2 Dual-cable systems frequency allocations[2]See Footnote 29. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 280<\/td>\n | 11.3.3 AUI electrical characteristics 11.3.3.1 Electrical isolation requirements 11.3.3.2 Current consumption 11.3.3.3 Driver and receiver requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 281<\/td>\n | 11.3.3.4 AUI mechanical connection 11.3.4 MAU transfer characteristics 11.3.4.1 AUI to coaxial cable framing characteristics. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 282<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.1.1 Scrambler and differential encoding requirements 11.3.4.2 Coaxial cable to AUI framing characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 284<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.3 Circuit DO to circuit DI framing characteristics 11.3.4.4 AUI to coaxial cable delay characteristics 11.3.4.4.1 Circuit DO to RF data signal delay 11.3.4.4.2 Circuit DO to CE RF output delay 11.3.4.4.3 Transmit postamble to SQE test signal delay 11.3.4.4.4 SQE test signal length 11.3.4.5 Coaxial cable to AUI delay characteristics 11.3.4.5.1 Received RF to circuit DI delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 285<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.5.2 Received RF to CE RF output and circuit CI delay 11.3.4.5.3 Collision enforcement to circuit CI delay 11.3.4.5.4 Receive data to SQE test delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 286<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.6 Delay from circuit DO to circuit DI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 287<\/td>\n | 11.3.4.7 Interpacket gap requirement 11.3.4.8 Bit error ratio 11.3.5 Reliability 11.4 System considerations 11.4.1 Delay budget and network diameter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 288<\/td>\n | 11.4.2 MAU operation with packets shorter than 512 bits <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 289<\/td>\n | 11.5 Characteristics of the coaxial cable system 11.5.1 Electrical requirements 11.5.2 Mechanical requirements 11.5.3 Delay requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 290<\/td>\n | 11.6 Frequency translator requirements for the single-cable version 11.6.1 Electrical requirements 11.6.2 Mechanical requirements 11.7 Environmental specifications 11.7.1 Safety requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 291<\/td>\n | 11.7.2 Electromagnetic environment 11.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels 11.7.2.2 Emission levels 11.7.3 Temperature and humidity 12 Physical signaling, medium attachment, and baseband medium specifications, type 1BASE5 12.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Overview 12.1.2 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 292<\/td>\n | 12.1.3 Definitions 12.1.4 General characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 293<\/td>\n | 12.1.5 Compatibility 12.1.6 Objectives of type 1BASE5 specification 12.2 Architecture 12.2.1 Major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 294<\/td>\n | 12.2.2 Application perspective 12.2.3 Packet structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 295<\/td>\n | 12.2.3.1 Silence 12.2.3.2 Preamble <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 296<\/td>\n | 12.2.3.3 Start-of-frame delimiter 12.2.3.4 Data 12.2.3.5 End-of-transmission delimiter 12.3 DTE physical signaling (PLS) specification 12.3.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 297<\/td>\n | 12.3.1.1 Summary of major concepts 12.3.1.2 Application perspective 12.3.2 Functional specification 12.3.2.1 PLS-PMA interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 298<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.1.1 output message 12.3.2.1.2 output_idle message 12.3.2.1.3 input message 12.3.2.1.4 input_idle message 12.3.2.2 PLS-MAC interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 299<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.2.1 OUTPUT_UNIT 12.3.2.2.2 OUTPUT_STATUS 12.3.2.2.3 INPUT_UNIT 12.3.2.2.4 CARRIER_STATUS 12.3.2.2.5 SIGNAL_STATUS 12.3.2.3 PLS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 300<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.3.1 State diagram variables 12.3.2.3.2 Output function 12.3.2.3.3 Input function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 301<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.3.4 Error Sense function 12.3.2.3.5 Carrier Sense function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 302<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.4 Signal encoding 12.3.2.4.1 Data transmission rate 12.3.2.4.2 Data symbol encoding 12.3.2.4.3 Collision presence encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 303<\/td>\n | 12.3.2.4.4 Idle line encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 304<\/td>\n | 12.4 Hub specification 12.4.1 Overview 12.4.1.1 Summary of major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 305<\/td>\n | 12.4.1.2 Application perspective 12.4.2 Hub structure 12.4.2.1 Upward side 12.4.2.2 Downward side 12.4.3 Hub PLS functional specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 306<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.1 Hub PLS to PMA interface 12.4.3.2 Hub PLS functions 12.4.3.2.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 307<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.2.2 Upward Signal Transfer function 12.4.3.2.3 Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 308<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.2.4 Downward Signal Transfer function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 309<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.2.5 Retiming (jitter removal) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 310<\/td>\n | 12.4.3.2.6 Header hub wrap-around 12.4.3.2.7 Collision presence startup 12.4.3.3 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 311<\/td>\n | 12.5 Physical medium attachment (PMA) specification 12.5.1 Overview 12.5.2 PLS-PMA interface 12.5.3 Signal characteristics 12.5.3.1 Transmitter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 312<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.1.1 Differential output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 315<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.1.2 Output timing jitter 12.5.3.1.3 Transmitter impedance balance 12.5.3.1.4 Common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 316<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.1.5 Common-mode tolerance 12.5.3.1.6 Transmitter fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 317<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.2 Receiver characteristics 12.5.3.2.1 Differential input voltage 12.5.3.2.2 Input timing jitter 12.5.3.2.3 Idle input behavior <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 318<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.2.4 Differential input impedance 12.5.3.2.5 Common-mode rejection 12.5.3.2.6 Noise immunity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 319<\/td>\n | 12.5.3.2.7 Receiver fault tolerance 12.6 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) specification 12.6.1 Line interface connector 12.6.2 Connector contact assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 320<\/td>\n | 12.6.3 Labeling 12.7 Cable medium characteristics 12.7.1 Overview 12.7.2 Transmission parameters 12.7.2.1 Attenuation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 321<\/td>\n | 12.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 12.7.2.3 Medium timing jitter 12.7.2.4 Dispersion 12.7.3 Coupling parameters 12.7.3.1 Pair-to-pair crosstalk <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 322<\/td>\n | 12.7.3.2 Multiple-disturber crosstalk 12.7.3.3 Balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 323<\/td>\n | 12.7.4 Noise environment 12.7.4.1 Impulse noise 12.7.4.2 Crosstalk <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 324<\/td>\n | 12.8 Special link specification 12.8.1 Overview 12.8.2 Transmission characteristics 12.8.3 Permitted configurations 12.9 Timing 12.9.1 Overview 12.9.2 DTE timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 325<\/td>\n | 12.9.3 Medium timing 12.9.4 Special link timing 12.9.5 Hub timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 326<\/td>\n | 12.10 Safety 12.10.1 Isolation 12.10.2 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 327<\/td>\n | 13 System considerations for multisegment 10 Mb\/s baseband networks 13.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 328<\/td>\n | 13.1.1 Repeater usage 13.2 Definitions 13.3 Transmission System Model 1 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 333<\/td>\n | 13.4 Transmission System Model 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 334<\/td>\n | 13.4.1 Round-trip collision delay 13.4.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection 13.4.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 335<\/td>\n | 13.4.2 Interpacket gap (IPG) shrinkage 13.4.2.1 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) selection 13.4.2.2 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 336<\/td>\n | 13.5 Full duplex topology limitations 14 Twisted-pair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T 14.1 Scope 14.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 337<\/td>\n | 14.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) 14.1.1.2 Repeater unit 14.1.1.3 Twisted-pair media 14.1.2 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 338<\/td>\n | 14.1.3 Application perspective 14.1.3.1 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 339<\/td>\n | 14.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 14.1.3.3 Modes of operation 14.1.4 Relationship to PLS and AUI 14.2 MAU functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 340<\/td>\n | 14.2.1 MAU functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 341<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 342<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.2 Receive function requirements 14.2.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only) 14.2.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 343<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 14.2.1.6 Jabber function requirements 14.2.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 344<\/td>\n | 14.2.1.8 Auto-Negotiation 14.2.2 PMA interface messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 345<\/td>\n | 14.2.2.1 PLS to PMA messages 14.2.2.1.1 PMA to PLS messages 14.2.2.2 PMA to twisted-pair link segment messages 14.2.2.3 Twisted-pair link segment to PMA messages 14.2.2.4 Interface message time references <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 346<\/td>\n | 14.2.3 MAU state diagrams 14.2.3.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 351<\/td>\n | 14.2.3.2 State diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 352<\/td>\n | 14.3 MAU electrical specifications 14.3.1 MAU-to-MDI interface characteristics 14.3.1.1 Isolation requirement 14.3.1.2 Transmitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 353<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.1 Differential output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 356<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.2 Transmitter differential output impedance 14.3.1.2.3 Output timing jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 357<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.4 Transmitter impedance balance 14.3.1.2.5 Common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 358<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.2.6 Transmitter common-mode rejection 14.3.1.2.7 Transmitter fault tolerance 14.3.1.3 Receiver specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 359<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 14.3.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity 14.3.1.3.3 Idle input behavior <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 360<\/td>\n | 14.3.1.3.4 Receiver differential input impedance 14.3.1.3.5 Common-mode rejection 14.3.1.3.6 Receiver fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 361<\/td>\n | 14.3.2 MAU-to-AUI specification 14.3.2.1 MAU-AUI electrical characteristics 14.3.2.2 MAU-AUI mechanical connection 14.3.2.3 Power consumption 14.4 Characteristics of the simplex link segment 14.4.1 Overview 14.4.2 Transmission parameters 14.4.2.1 Insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 362<\/td>\n | 14.4.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 14.4.2.3 Medium timing jitter 14.4.2.4 Delay 14.4.3 Coupling parameters 14.4.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 14.4.3.1.1 Twenty-five-pair cable and twenty-five-pair binder groups <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 363<\/td>\n | 14.4.3.1.2 Four-pair cable 14.4.3.1.3 Other cables 14.4.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss 14.4.4 Noise environment 14.4.4.1 Impulse noise 14.4.4.2 Crosstalk noise <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 364<\/td>\n | 14.5 MDI specification 14.5.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 365<\/td>\n | 14.5.2 Crossover function 14.6 System considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 366<\/td>\n | 14.7 Environmental specifications 14.7.1 General safety 14.7.2 Network safety 14.7.2.1 Installation 14.7.2.2 Grounding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 367<\/td>\n | 14.7.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 14.7.2.4 Telephony voltages 14.7.3 Environment 14.7.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 14.7.3.2 Temperature and humidity 14.8 MAU labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 368<\/td>\n | 14.9 Timing summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 369<\/td>\n | 14.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 14, Twisted-pair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 14.10.1 Introduction 14.10.1.1 Scope 14.10.1.2 Reference 14.10.1.3 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 370<\/td>\n | 14.10.1.4 Conformance 14.10.2 Identification of implementation 14.10.2.1 Supplier information 14.10.2.2 Implementation information 14.10.3 Identification of the protocol 14.10.4 PICS proforma for 10BASE-T 14.10.4.1 Abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 371<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.2 PICS Completion instructions and implementation statement 14.10.4.3 Additional information 14.10.4.4 References <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 372<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5 PICS proforma tables for MAU 14.10.4.5.1 MAU functions 14.10.4.5.2 Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 373<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.3 Receive function 14.10.4.5.4 Loopback function 14.10.4.5.5 Collision Detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 374<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.6 signal_quality_error Message Test function 14.10.4.5.7 Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 375<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.8 Link Integrity Test function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 376<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.9 MAU state diagram requirements 14.10.4.5.10 AUI requirements 14.10.4.5.11 Isolation requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 377<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.12 Transmitter specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 378<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.13 Receiver specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 379<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.5.14 MDI requirements 14.10.4.5.15 Safety requirements 14.10.4.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 380<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.6.1 Signal characteristics 14.10.4.6.2 DI and CI driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 381<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.6.3 DO receiver characteristics 14.10.4.6.4 Power consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 382<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.6.5 Circuit termination 14.10.4.6.6 Mechanical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 383<\/td>\n | 14.10.4.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-T link segment 14.10.4.7.1 10BASE-T link segment characteristics 14.10.4.8 PICS proforma tables for Auto-Negotiation able MAUs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 384<\/td>\n | 15 Fiber optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type 10BASE-F 15.1 Scope 15.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 385<\/td>\n | 15.1.1.1 Fiber optic medium attachment units (MAUs) 15.1.1.2 Fiber optic passive star 15.1.1.3 Repeater unit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 386<\/td>\n | 15.1.2 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 387<\/td>\n | 15.1.3 Applications perspective: MAUs, stars, and fiber optic medium 15.1.3.1 Objectives 15.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 388<\/td>\n | 15.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI 15.1.3.4 Guidelines for implementation of systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 389<\/td>\n | 15.1.3.5 Modes of operation 15.2 MDI optical characteristics 15.2.1 Transmit optical parameters 15.2.1.1 Center wavelength 15.2.1.2 Spectral width 15.2.1.3 Optical modulation extinction ratio 15.2.1.4 Optical Idle Signal amplitude 15.2.1.5 Optical transmit pulse logic polarity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 390<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.6 Optical transmit pulse rise and fall times 15.2.1.7 Optical transmit pulse overshoot and undershoot 15.2.1.8 Optical transmit pulse edge jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 392<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.9 Optical transmit pulse duty cycle distortion 15.2.1.10 Optical transmit average power range 15.2.1.11 Optical transmit signal templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 393<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.11.1 10BASE-FP optical transmit signal template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 394<\/td>\n | 15.2.1.11.2 10BASE-FB optical transmit signal template 15.2.1.11.3 10BASE-FL Optical transmit signal template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 395<\/td>\n | 15.2.2 Receive optical parameters 15.2.2.1 Optical receive average power range <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 396<\/td>\n | 15.2.2.2 Optical receive pulse edge jitter 15.2.2.3 Optical receive pulse logic polarity 15.2.2.4 Optical receive pulse rise and fall times 15.3 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium 15.3.1 Optical fiber and cable 15.3.1.1 Attenuation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 397<\/td>\n | 15.3.1.2 Modal bandwidth 15.3.1.3 Propagation delay 15.3.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket 15.3.2.1 Optical connector insertion loss 15.3.2.2 Optical connector return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 398<\/td>\n | 15.3.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss 15.3.3.1 10BASE-FP segment insertion loss 15.3.3.2 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL segment insertion loss 15.3.4 Electrical isolation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 399<\/td>\n | 15.4 MAU reliability 15.5 MAU-AUI specification 15.5.1 MAU-AUI electrical characteristics 15.5.2 MAU-AUI mechanical connections 15.5.3 Power consumption 15.5.4 MAU-AUI messages 15.5.4.1 PLS to PMA messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 400<\/td>\n | 15.5.4.2 PMA to PLS messages 15.5.4.2.1 signal_quality_error message 15.6 Environmental specifications 15.6.1 Safety requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 401<\/td>\n | 15.6.2 Electromagnetic environment 15.6.3 Other environmental requirements 15.7 MAU labeling 15.7.1 10BASE-FP star labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 402<\/td>\n | 15.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 15, Fiber optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type 10BASE-F[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 15.8.1 Introduction 15.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 15.8.2.1 Status symbols 15.8.2.2 Abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 403<\/td>\n | 15.8.3 Instructions for completing the pics proforma 15.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 15.8.3.2 Additional information 15.8.3.3 Exception information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 404<\/td>\n | 15.8.3.4 Conditional items 15.8.4 Identification 15.8.4.1 Implementation identification 15.8.4.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 405<\/td>\n | 15.8.5 Major capabilities\/options 15.8.6 PICS Proforma for the fiber optic medium 15.8.6.1 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium 15.8.6.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 406<\/td>\n | 15.8.6.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss 15.8.6.4 Electrical isolation requirements 16 Fiber optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FP 16.1 Scope 16.1.1 Overview 16.1.1.1 10BASE-FP medium attachment unit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 407<\/td>\n | 16.1.1.2 10BASE-FP Star 16.1.1.3 Repeater unit 16.2 PMA interface messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 408<\/td>\n | 16.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings 16.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages 16.2.2.1 OTD_output 16.2.2.2 OTD_idle <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 409<\/td>\n | 16.2.2.3 OTD_manch_violation 16.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages 16.2.3.1 ORD_input 16.2.3.2 ORD_idle 16.2.3.3 ORD_crv <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 410<\/td>\n | 16.3 10BASE-FP MAU functional specifications 16.3.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 411<\/td>\n | 16.3.1.1 Preamble encoding 16.3.1.1.1 Synchronization pattern 16.3.1.1.2 Packet header code rule violation 16.3.1.1.3 Unique word 16.3.1.2 Data transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 412<\/td>\n | 16.3.1.3 Collision encoding (unique word jam) 16.3.2 Receive function requirements 16.3.2.1 Preamble reconstruction and alignment 16.3.2.2 Data receive 16.3.2.3 Signal presence during collision <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 413<\/td>\n | 16.3.3 Loopback function requirements 16.3.4 Collision presence function requirements 16.3.4.1 CI Circuit signaling 16.3.4.2 Collision detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 414<\/td>\n | 16.3.4.3 End of collision 16.3.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 415<\/td>\n | 16.3.6 Jabber function requirements 16.3.7 Link fault detection and low light function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 416<\/td>\n | 16.3.8 Interface message time references 16.3.9 MAU state diagram 16.3.9.1 MAU state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 418<\/td>\n | 16.3.9.2 MAU state diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 419<\/td>\n | 16.3.9.3 MAU state diagram counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 422<\/td>\n | 16.4 Timing summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 423<\/td>\n | 16.5 10BASE-FP Star functional specifications 16.5.1 Star functions 16.5.1.1 Number of ports 16.5.1.2 Optical power division <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 424<\/td>\n | 16.5.1.3 Configuration 16.5.1.4 Reliability 16.5.2 Star optical characteristics 16.5.2.1 Star insertion loss 16.5.2.2 Star single output port uniformity 16.5.2.3 Star directivity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 425<\/td>\n | 16.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 16, Fiber optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASEFP[3]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 16.6.1 Introduction 16.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 16.6.2.1 Status symbols 16.6.2.2 Abbreviations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 426<\/td>\n | 16.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 16.6.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 16.6.3.2 Additional information 16.6.3.3 Exception information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 427<\/td>\n | 16.6.3.4 Conditional items 16.6.4 Identification 16.6.4.1 Implementation identification 16.6.4.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 428<\/td>\n | 16.6.5 Major capabilities\/options 16.6.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FP MAU 16.6.6.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 429<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.2 Optical transmit parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 430<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.3 Optical receive parameters 16.6.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket 16.6.6.5 MAU functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 431<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.6 PMA interface messages 16.6.6.7 PMA to MDI OTD messages 16.6.6.8 MDI ORD to PMA messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 432<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.9 Transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 433<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.10 Collision Encoding (Unique Word Jam) function 16.6.6.11 Receive functions 16.6.6.12 Preamble reconstruction and alignment function 16.6.6.13 Data receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 434<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.14 Signal presence during collision 16.6.6.15 Loopback function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 435<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.16 Collision presence function 16.6.6.17 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) test function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 436<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.18 Jabber function 16.6.6.19 Link Fault Detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 437<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.20 MAU state diagram requirements 16.6.6.21 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 438<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.22 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 439<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.23 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics 16.6.6.24 MAU-to-AUI circuit termination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 440<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.25 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 441<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.26 MAU reliability 16.6.6.27 Power consumption 16.6.6.28 PLS-PMA requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 442<\/td>\n | 16.6.6.29 signal_quality_error message (SQE) 16.6.6.30 Environmental requirements 16.6.6.31 MAU labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 443<\/td>\n | 16.6.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-FP stars 16.6.7.1 Star basic functions 16.6.7.2 Star optical characteristics 16.6.7.3 Star environmental requirements 16.6.7.4 10BASE-FP star labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 444<\/td>\n | 17 Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB 17.1 Scope 17.1.1 Overview 17.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit 17.1.1.2 Relationship to repeater 17.1.1.3 Remote diagnostic messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 445<\/td>\n | 17.1.2 Relationship to AUI 17.2 PMA interface messages 17.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings 17.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 446<\/td>\n | 17.2.2.1 OTD_output 17.2.2.2 OTD_sync_idle 17.2.2.3 OTD_remote_fault 17.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages 17.2.3.1 Status decoding 17.2.3.2 ORD_input 17.2.3.3 ORD_sync_idle 17.2.3.4 ORD_remote_fault <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 447<\/td>\n | 17.2.3.5 ORD_invalid_data 17.2.4 Transitions between signals 17.2.5 Signaling rate 17.3 MAU functional specifications 17.3.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 448<\/td>\n | 17.3.1.1 Data transmit 17.3.1.2 Synchronous idle 17.3.1.3 Fault signaling 17.3.2 Receive function requirements 17.3.2.1 Data receive 17.3.2.2 Remote status message handling 17.3.3 Collision function requirements 17.3.3.1 Collision detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 449<\/td>\n | 17.3.3.2 End of collision 17.3.4 Loopback function requirements 17.3.5 Fault-handling function requirements 17.3.6 Jabber function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 450<\/td>\n | 17.3.7 Low light level detection function requirements 17.3.8 Synchronous qualification function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 451<\/td>\n | 17.3.9 Interface message time references 17.3.10 MAU state diagrams 17.3.10.1 MAU state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 452<\/td>\n | 17.3.10.2 MAU state diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 454<\/td>\n | 17.4 Timing summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 455<\/td>\n | 17.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 17, Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB[2]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 17.5.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 456<\/td>\n | 17.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 17.5.2.1 Status symbols 17.5.2.1.1 Abbreviations 17.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 17.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 457<\/td>\n | 17.5.3.2 Additional information 17.5.3.3 Exception information 17.5.3.4 Conditional items <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 458<\/td>\n | 17.5.4 Identification 17.5.4.1 Implementation identification 17.5.4.2 Protocol summary 17.5.5 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU 17.5.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU 17.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 459<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 460<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters 17.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 461<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.5 MAU functions 17.5.6.6 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages and signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 462<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.7 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages and signaling 17.5.6.8 Transitions between signals 17.5.6.9 Signaling rate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 463<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.10 Transmit functions 17.5.6.11 Receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 464<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.12 Data receive function 17.5.6.13 Remote status message handling 17.5.6.14 Collision function requirements 17.5.6.15 End of collision <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 465<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.16 Loopback function 17.5.6.17 Fault-handling function 17.5.6.18 Jabber-handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 466<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.19 Low light detection 17.5.6.20 Synchronous qualification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 467<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.21 MAU state diagram requirements 17.5.6.22 MAU reliability 17.5.6.23 PLS-PMA requirements 17.5.6.24 signal_quality_error message (SQE) 17.5.6.25 Environmental requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 468<\/td>\n | 17.5.6.26 MAU labeling 18 Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL 18.1 Scope 18.1.1 Overview 18.1.1.1 10BASE-FL medium attachment unit (MAU) 18.1.1.2 Repeater unit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 469<\/td>\n | 18.2 PMA interface messages 18.2.1 PMA to fiber optic link segment messages 18.2.1.1 OTD_output. 18.2.1.2 OTD_idle 18.2.2 Fiber optic link segment to PMA messages 18.2.2.1 ORD_input 18.2.2.2 ORD_idle <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 470<\/td>\n | 18.2.3 Interface message time references 18.3 MAU functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 471<\/td>\n | 18.3.1 MAU functions 18.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 472<\/td>\n | 18.3.1.2 Receive function requirements 18.3.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only) 18.3.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 473<\/td>\n | 18.3.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 18.3.1.6 Jabber function requirements 18.3.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 474<\/td>\n | 18.3.1.8 Auto-Negotiation 18.3.2 MAU state diagrams 18.3.2.1 MAU state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 475<\/td>\n | 18.3.2.2 MAU state diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 479<\/td>\n | 18.4 Timing summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 480<\/td>\n | 18.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 18, Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL[2]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 18.5.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 481<\/td>\n | 18.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols 18.5.2.1 Status symbols 18.5.2.2 Abbreviations 18.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 18.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 482<\/td>\n | 18.5.3.2 Additional information 18.5.3.3 Exception information 18.5.3.4 Conditional items <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 483<\/td>\n | 18.5.4 Identification 18.5.4.1 Implementation identification 18.5.4.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 484<\/td>\n | 18.5.5 Major capabilities\/options 18.5.6 PICS proforma tables for the type 10BASE-FL MAU 18.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 485<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 486<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters 18.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 487<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.5 MAU functions 18.5.6.6 PMA interface messages 18.5.6.7 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages 18.5.6.8 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 488<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.9 Transmit function 18.5.6.10 Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 489<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.11 Loopback function 18.5.6.12 Collision Presence function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 490<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.13 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function 18.5.6.14 Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 491<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.15 Link Integrity Test function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 492<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.16 MAU state diagram requirements 18.5.6.17 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 493<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.18 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 494<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.19 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics 18.5.6.20 AUI circuit termination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 495<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.21 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 496<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.22 MAU reliability 18.5.6.23 Power consumption 18.5.6.24 PLS-PMA requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 497<\/td>\n | 18.5.6.25 signal_quality_error message (SQE) 18.5.6.26 Environmental requirements 18.5.6.27 MAU labeling 19 Layer Management for 10 Mb\/s baseband repeaters 19.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 498<\/td>\n | 19.1.1 Scope 19.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE Std 802.1F-1993 19.1.3 Definitions 19.1.4 Symbols and abbreviations 19.1.5 Management model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 499<\/td>\n | 19.2 Managed objects 19.2.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 500<\/td>\n | 19.2.2 Overview of managed objects 19.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects 19.2.2.2 Port functions to support management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 501<\/td>\n | 19.2.2.3 Containment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 502<\/td>\n | 19.2.2.4 Naming 19.2.2.5 Packages and capabilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 504<\/td>\n | 19.2.3 Repeater managed object class 19.2.3.1 Repeater attributes 19.2.3.1.1 aRepeaterID 19.2.3.1.2 aRepeaterGroupCapacity 19.2.3.1.3 aGroupMap <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 505<\/td>\n | 19.2.3.1.4 aRepeaterHealthState 19.2.3.1.5 aRepeaterHealthText 19.2.3.1.6 aRepeaterHealthData <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 506<\/td>\n | 19.2.3.1.7 aTransmitCollisions 19.2.3.2 Repeater actions 19.2.3.2.1 acResetRepeater 19.2.3.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 507<\/td>\n | 19.2.3.3 Repeater notifications 19.2.3.3.1 nRepeaterHealth 19.2.3.3.2 nRepeaterReset 19.2.3.3.3 nGroupMapChange 19.2.4 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class 19.2.5 Group managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 508<\/td>\n | 19.2.5.1 Group attributes 19.2.5.1.1 aGroupID 19.2.5.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity 19.2.5.1.3 aPortMap 19.2.5.2 Group Notifications 19.2.5.2.1 nPortMapChange 19.2.6 Port managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 509<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1 Port Attributes 19.2.6.1.1 aPortID 19.2.6.1.2 aPortAdminState 19.2.6.1.3 aAutoPartitionState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 510<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.4 aReadableFrames 19.2.6.1.5 aReadableOctets 19.2.6.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors 19.2.6.1.7 aAlignmentErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 511<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.8 aFramesTooLong 19.2.6.1.9 aShortEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 512<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.10 aRunts 19.2.6.1.11 aCollisions 19.2.6.1.12 aLateEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 513<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.13 aVeryLongEvents 19.2.6.1.14 aDataRateMismatches 19.2.6.1.15 aAutoPartitions 19.2.6.1.16 aLastSourceAddress <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 514<\/td>\n | 19.2.6.1.17 aSourceAddressChanges 19.2.6.2 Port Actions 19.2.6.2.1 acPortAdminControl 20 Layer Management for 10 Mb\/s baseband medium attachment units 20.1 Introduction 20.1.1 Scope 20.1.2 Management model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 515<\/td>\n | 20.2 Managed objects 20.2.1 Text description of managed objects 20.2.1.1 Naming 20.2.1.2 Containment 20.2.1.3 Packages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 516<\/td>\n | 20.2.2 MAU Managed object class 20.2.2.1 MAU attributes 20.2.2.1.1 aMAUID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 517<\/td>\n | 20.2.2.1.2 aMAUType 20.2.2.1.3 aMediaAvailable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 518<\/td>\n | 20.2.2.1.4 aLoseMediaCounter 20.2.2.1.5 aJabber <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 519<\/td>\n | 20.2.2.1.6 aMAUAdminState 20.2.2.1.7 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 520<\/td>\n | 20.2.2.1.8 aBroadbandFrequencies 20.2.2.2 MAU actions 20.2.2.2.1 acResetMAU 20.2.2.2.2 acMAUAdminControl 20.2.2.3 MAU notifications 20.2.2.3.1 nJabber <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 521<\/td>\n | Annex A (informative)Bibliography <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 524<\/td>\n | Annex B (informative)System guidelines B.1 Baseband system guidelines and concepts, 10 Mb\/s B.1.1 Overall system objectives B.1.2 Analog system components and parameter values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 526<\/td>\n | B.1.3 Minimum frame length determination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 528<\/td>\n | B.1.4 System jitter budgets B.1.4.1 Nominal jitter values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 529<\/td>\n | B.1.4.2 Decoder evaluation B.1.5 Systems consideration calculations B.1.5.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 530<\/td>\n | B.1.5.2 Maximum collision fragment size <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 531<\/td>\n | B.1.5.2.1 Left-end base SDV B.1.5.2.2 Mid-base SDV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 532<\/td>\n | B.1.5.2.3 Right-end base SDV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 533<\/td>\n | B.1.5.3 Interpacket Gap (IPG) shrinkage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 534<\/td>\n | B.1.5.3.1 Transmitting end segment variability value B.1.5.3.2 Mid-segment variability value B.1.5.4 Timing parameters for round-trip delay and variability calculations B.1.5.4.1 MAU parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 535<\/td>\n | B.1.5.4.2 Repeater parameters B.1.5.4.3 Media parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 536<\/td>\n | B.1.5.4.4 DTE parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 537<\/td>\n | B.2 System parameters and budgets for 1BASE5 B.2.1 Delay budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 538<\/td>\n | B.2.2 Minimum frame length determination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 539<\/td>\n | B.2.3 Jitter budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 541<\/td>\n | B.3 Example crosstalk computation for multiple disturbers, balanced-pair cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 542<\/td>\n | B.4 10BASE-T guidelines B.4.1 System jitter budget B.4.2 Filter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 543<\/td>\n | B.4.3 Notes for conformance testing B.4.3.1 Notes for 14.3.1.2.1 on differential output voltage B.4.3.2 Note for 14.3.1.2.2 on transmitter differential output impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 544<\/td>\n | B.4.3.3 Note for 14.3.1.2.3 on output timing jitter B.4.3.4 General note on common-mode tests B.4.3.5 Note for 14.3.1.3.4 on receiver differential input impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 545<\/td>\n | B.4.3.6 Note for 14.3.1.3.3 on receiver idle input behavior B.4.3.7 Note for 14.3.1.3.5 on receiver common-mode rejection B.5 10BASE-F B.5.1 System jitter budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 546<\/td>\n | B.5.2 10BASE-FP fiber optic segment loss budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 548<\/td>\n | Annex C (informative)State diagram, MAC sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 549<\/td>\n | Annex D (informative)Application context, selected medium specifications D.1 Introduction D.2 Type 10BASE5 applications D.3 Type 10BASE2 applications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 550<\/td>\n | D.4 Type FOIRL and 10BASE-F applications; alternative fiber optic medium applications D.4.1 Alternative fiber types D.4.1.1 Theoretical coupling losses <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 551<\/td>\n | D.4.1.2 Maximum launch power D.4.2 Type 10BASE-FP applications using 50\/125 \u00b5m fiber <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 552<\/td>\n | D.4.2.1 Coupled transmit power D.4.2.2 Star coupler loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 553<\/td>\n | D.4.2.3 Collision detection D.5 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 \u03a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 554<\/td>\n | D.6 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 150 \u03a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 555<\/td>\n | Annex E (informative)Receiver wavelength design considerations (FOIRL) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 556<\/td>\n | Annex F (normative)Additional attributes required for systems F.1 Introduction F.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 557<\/td>\n | F.2 Objects\/Attributes\/Actions\/Notifications F.2.1 TimeSinceSystemReset attribute F.2.2 RepeaterResetTimeStamp attribute F.2.3 ResetSystemAction action <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 558<\/td>\n | Annex G (normative)Additional material required for conformance testing G.1 Introduction G.1.1 Material in support of the aDataRateMismatches attribute <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 559<\/td>\n | Annex H (normative)GDMO specifications for CSMA\/CD managed objects H.1 Use of MAC and PLS Sublayer Management Definitions with CMIS\/CMIP and ISO\/IEC 15802-2: 1995 Management Protocols H.1.1 DTE MAC sublayer managed object class H.1.1.1 DTE MAC sublayer formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 561<\/td>\n | H.1.1.2 DTE MAC sublayer attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 566<\/td>\n | H.1.1.3 DTE MAC sublayer actions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 567<\/td>\n | H.1.2 ResourceTypeID managed object class H.1.2.1 ResourceTypeID, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 568<\/td>\n | H.1.3 DTE physical layer managed object class H.1.3.1 DTE physical layer formal definition H.1.3.2 DTE physical sublayer attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 569<\/td>\n | H.2 GDMO specification for Repeater Management Object Class H.2.1 Repeater managed object class H.2.1.1 Repeater, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 570<\/td>\n | H.2.1.2 Repeater attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 571<\/td>\n | H.2.1.3 Repeater actions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 572<\/td>\n | H.2.1.4 Repeater notifications H.2.2 ResourceTypeID managed object class H.2.2.1 ResourceTypeID formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 573<\/td>\n | H.2.3 Group managed object class H.2.3.1 Group formal definition H.2.3.2 Group attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 574<\/td>\n | H.2.3.3 Group notifications H.2.4 Port managed object class H.2.4.1 Port formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 575<\/td>\n | H.2.4.2 Port attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 578<\/td>\n | H.2.4.3 Port actions H.2.5 Common Attributes Template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 579<\/td>\n | H.3 GDMO specification for MAU Management Objects H.3.1 MAU Managed Object Class H.3.1.1 MAU formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 580<\/td>\n | H.3.1.2 MAU attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 582<\/td>\n | H.3.1.3 MAU actions H.3.1.4 MAU notifications H.4 GDMO and ASN.1 definitions for management H.4.1 Common Attributes Template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 583<\/td>\n | H.4.2 ASN.1 module <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 586<\/td>\n | Annex 4A (normative)Simplified full duplex media access control 4A.1 Functional model of the MAC method 4A.1.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 587<\/td>\n | 4A.1.2 Full duplex operation 4A1.2.1 Transmission 4A.1.2.2 Reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 588<\/td>\n | 4A.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and physical layers 4a.2 Media access control (MAC) method: precise specification 4A.2.1 Introduction 4A.2.2 Overview of the procedural model 4A.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 589<\/td>\n | 4A.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 590<\/td>\n | 4A.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 594<\/td>\n | 4A.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 595<\/td>\n | 4A.2.3 Frame transmission model 4A.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation 4A.2.3.2 Transmit media access management 4A.2.3.2.1 Deference 4A.2.3.2.2 Interframe spacing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 596<\/td>\n | 4A.2.3.2.3 Transmission 4A.2.3.2.4 Minimum frame size 4A.2.4 Frame reception model 4A.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation 4A.2.4.1.1 Address recognition 4A.2.4.1.2 Frame check sequence validation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 597<\/td>\n | 4A.2.4.1.3 Frame disassembly 4A.2.4.2 Receive media access management 4A.2.5 Preamble generation 4A.2.6 Start frame sequence 4A.2.7 Global declarations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 598<\/td>\n | 4A.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 599<\/td>\n | 4A.2.7.2 Transmit state variables 4A.2.7.3 Receive state variables 4A.2.7.4 Summary of interlayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 600<\/td>\n | 4A.2.7.5 State variable initialization <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 601<\/td>\n | 4A.2.8 Frame transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 603<\/td>\n | 4A.2.9 Frame reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 606<\/td>\n | 4A.2.10 Common procedures 4A.3 Interfaces to\/from adjacent layers 4A.3.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 607<\/td>\n | 4A.3.2 Services provided by the MAC sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 608<\/td>\n | 4A.3.3 Services required from the physical layer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 610<\/td>\n | 4A.4 Specific implementations 4A.4.1 Compatibility overview 4A.4.2 Allowable implementations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 611<\/td>\n | 21. Introduction to 100 Mb\/s baseband networks, type 100BASE-T 21.1 Overview 21.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 21.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 612<\/td>\n | 21.1.3 Repeater 21.1.4 Auto-Negotiation 21.1.5 Management 21.2 References 21.3 Definitions 21.4 Abbreviations 21.5 State diagrams 21.5.1 Actions inside state blocks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 613<\/td>\n | 21.5.2 State diagram variables 21.5.3 State transitions 21.5.4 Operators <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 614<\/td>\n | 21.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma 21.6.1 Introduction 21.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 615<\/td>\n | 21.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 21.6.4 Additional information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 616<\/td>\n | 21.6.5 Exceptional information 21.6.6 Conditional items 21.7 Relation of 100BASE-T to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 617<\/td>\n | 21.8 MAC delay constraints (exposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 618<\/td>\n | 22. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 22.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 619<\/td>\n | 22.1.1 Summary of major concepts 22.1.2 Application <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 620<\/td>\n | 22.1.3 Rates of operation 22.1.4 Allocation of functions 22.1.5 Relationship of MII and GMII 22.2 Functional specifications 22.2.1 Mapping of MII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 621<\/td>\n | 22.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 22.2.1.1.1 Function 22.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.1.3 When generated 22.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 22.2.1.2.1 Function 22.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 622<\/td>\n | 22.2.1.2.3 When generated 22.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 22.2.1.3.1 Function 22.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.3.3 When generated 22.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 22.2.1.4.1 Function 22.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 623<\/td>\n | 22.2.1.4.3 When generated 22.2.1.5 Response to RX_ER indication from MII 22.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER 22.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 22.2.1.7.1 Function 22.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22.2.1.7.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 624<\/td>\n | 22.2.2 MII signal functional specifications 22.2.2.1 TX_CLK (transmit clock) 22.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock) 22.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 625<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data) 22.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 626<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.6 RX_DV (Receive Data Valid) 22.2.2.7 RXD (receive data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 627<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.8 RX_ER (receive error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 628<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.9 CRS (carrier sense) 22.2.2.10 COL (collision detected) 22.2.2.11 MDC (management data clock) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 629<\/td>\n | 22.2.2.12 MDIO (management data input\/output) 22.2.3 Frame structure 22.2.3.1 Inter-frame <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 630<\/td>\n | 22.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter 22.2.3.2.1 Transmit case 22.2.3.2.2 Receive case <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 631<\/td>\n | 22.2.3.3 Data 22.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter (EFD) 22.2.3.5 Handling of excess nibbles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 632<\/td>\n | 22.2.4 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 633<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1 Control register (Register 0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 634<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1.1 Reset 22.2.4.1.2 Loopback 22.2.4.1.3 Speed selection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 635<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation enable 22.2.4.1.5 Power down 22.2.4.1.6 Isolate 22.2.4.1.7 Restart Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 636<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.1.8 Duplex mode 22.2.4.1.9 Collision test 22.2.4.1.10 Speed selection 22.2.4.1.11 Reserved bits 22.2.4.1.12 Unidirectional enable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 637<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2 Status register (Register 1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 638<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2.1 100BASE-T4 ability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 639<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2.2 100BASE-X full duplex ability 22.2.4.2.3 100BASE-X half duplex ability 22.2.4.2.4 10 Mb\/s full duplex ability 22.2.4.2.5 10 Mb\/s half duplex ability 22.2.4.2.6 100BASE-T2 full duplex ability 22.2.4.2.7 100BASE-T2 half duplex ability 22.2.4.2.8 Unidirectional ability 22.2.4.2.9 MF preamble suppression ability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 640<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2.10 Auto-Negotiation complete 22.2.4.2.11 Remote fault 22.2.4.2.12 Auto-Negotiation ability 22.2.4.2.13 Link Status 22.2.4.2.14 Jabber detect <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 641<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.2.15 Extended capability 22.2.4.2.16 Extended status 22.2.4.3 Extended capability registers 22.2.4.3.1 PHY Identifier (Registers 2 and 3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 642<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.3.2 Auto-Negotiation advertisement (Register 4) 22.2.4.3.3 Auto-Negotiation link partner ability (Register 5) 22.2.4.3.4 Auto-Negotiation expansion (Register 6) 22.2.4.3.5 Auto-Negotiation next page (Register 7) 22.2.4.3.6 Auto-Negotiation link partner Received Next Page (Register 8) 22.2.4.3.7 MASTER-SLAVE control register (Register 9) 22.2.4.3.8 MASTER-SLAVE status register (Register 10) 22.2.4.3.9 PSE Control register (Register 11) 22.2.4.3.10 PSE Status register (Register 12) 22.2.4.3.11 MMD access control register (Register 13) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 643<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.3.12 MMD access address data register (Register 14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 644<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.3.13 PHY specific registers 22.2.4.4 Extended Status register (Register 15) 22.2.4.4.1 1000BASE-X full duplex ability 22.2.4.4.2 1000BASE-X half duplex ability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 645<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.4.3 1000BASE-T full duplex ability 22.2.4.4.4 1000BASE-T half duplex ability 22.2.4.4.5 Reserved bits 22.2.4.5 Management frame structure 22.2.4.5.1 IDLE (IDLE condition) 22.2.4.5.2 PRE (preamble) 22.2.4.5.3 ST (start of frame) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 646<\/td>\n | 22.2.4.5.4 OP (operation code) 22.2.4.5.5 PHYAD (PHY Address) 22.2.4.5.6 REGAD (Register Address) 22.2.4.5.7 TA (turnaround) 22.2.4.5.8 DATA (data) 22.3 Signal timing characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 647<\/td>\n | 22.3.1 Signals that are synchronous to TX_CLK 22.3.1.1 TX_EN 22.3.1.2 TXD 22.3.1.3 TX_ER 22.3.2 Signals that are synchronous to RX_CLK 22.3.2.1 RX_DV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 648<\/td>\n | 22.3.2.2 RXD 22.3.2.3 RX_ER 22.3.3 Signals that have no required clock relationship 22.3.3.1 CRS 22.3.3.2 COL 22.3.4 MDIO timing relationship to MDC <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 649<\/td>\n | 22.4 Electrical characteristics 22.4.1 Signal levels 22.4.2 Signal paths <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 650<\/td>\n | 22.4.3 Driver characteristics 22.4.3.1 DC characteristics 22.4.3.2 AC characteristics 22.4.4 Receiver characteristics 22.4.4.1 Voltage thresholds 22.4.4.2 Input current <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 651<\/td>\n | 22.4.4.3 Input capacitance 22.4.5 Cable characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 652<\/td>\n | 22.4.5.1 Conductor size 22.4.5.2 Characteristic impedance 22.4.5.3 Delay 22.4.5.4 Delay variation 22.4.5.5 Shielding 22.4.5.6 DC resistance 22.4.6 Hot insertion and removal <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 653<\/td>\n | 22.5 Power supply 22.5.1 Supply voltage 22.5.2 Load current 22.5.3 Short-circuit protection 22.6 Mechanical characteristics 22.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 654<\/td>\n | 22.6.2 Shielding effectiveness and transfer impedance 22.6.3 Connector pin numbering 22.6.4 Clearance dimensions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 655<\/td>\n | 22.6.5 Contact assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 656<\/td>\n | 22.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 22, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 22.7.1 Introduction 22.7.2 Identification 22.7.2.1 Implementation identification 22.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 657<\/td>\n | 22.7.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 22.7.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and media independent interface 22.7.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives 22.7.3.2 MII signal functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 659<\/td>\n | 22.7.3.3 Frame structure 22.7.3.4 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 664<\/td>\n | 22.7.3.5 Signal timing characteristics 22.7.3.6 Electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 666<\/td>\n | 22.7.3.7 Power supply 22.7.3.8 Mechanical characteristics 23. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 667<\/td>\n | 23.1 Overview 23.1.1 Scope 23.1.2 Objectives 23.1.3 Relation of 100BASE-T4 to other standards 23.1.4 Summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 668<\/td>\n | 23.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 670<\/td>\n | 23.1.4.2 Summary of physical medium attachment (PMA) specification 23.1.5 Application of 100BASE-T4 23.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations 23.1.5.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T4 PHY into a DTE 23.1.5.3 Use of 100BASE-T4 PHY for point-to-point communication 23.1.5.4 Support for Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 671<\/td>\n | 23.2 PCS functional specifications 23.2.1 PCS functions 23.2.1.1 PCS Reset function 23.2.1.2 PCS Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 672<\/td>\n | 23.2.1.2.1 DC balance encoding rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 673<\/td>\n | 23.2.1.3 PCS Receive function 23.2.1.3.1 Error-detecting rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 675<\/td>\n | 23.2.1.4 PCS Error Sense function 23.2.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function 23.2.1.6 PCS Collision Presence function 23.2.2 PCS interfaces 23.2.2.1 PCS\u2014MII interface signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 676<\/td>\n | 23.2.2.2 PCS\u2014Management entity signals 23.2.3 Frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 677<\/td>\n | 23.2.4 PCS state diagrams 23.2.4.1 PCS state diagram constants 23.2.4.2 PCS state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 680<\/td>\n | 23.2.4.3 PCS state diagram timer 23.2.4.4 PCS state diagram functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 681<\/td>\n | 23.2.4.5 PCS state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 682<\/td>\n | 23.2.5 PCS electrical specifications 23.3 PMA service interface 23.3.1 PMA_TYPE.indication 23.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 683<\/td>\n | 23.3.1.2 When generated 23.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request 23.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.2.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 684<\/td>\n | 23.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 23.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.3.2 When generated 23.3.3.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.4 PMA_CARRIER.indication <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 685<\/td>\n | 23.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.4.2 When generated 23.3.4.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.5 PMA_LINK.indication 23.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.5.2 When generated 23.3.5.3 Effect of receipt 23.3.6 PMA_LINK.request 23.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 686<\/td>\n | 23.3.6.2 Default value of parameter link_control 23.3.6.3 When generated 23.3.6.4 Effect of receipt 23.3.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication 23.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 23.3.7.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 687<\/td>\n | 23.3.7.3 Effect of receipt 23.4 PMA functional specifications 23.4.1 PMA functions 23.4.1.1 PMA Reset function 23.4.1.2 PMA Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 688<\/td>\n | 23.4.1.3 PMA Receive function 23.4.1.4 PMA Carrier Sense function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 689<\/td>\n | 23.4.1.5 Link Integrity function 23.4.1.6 PMA Align function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 691<\/td>\n | 23.4.1.7 Clock Recovery function 23.4.2 PMA interface messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 692<\/td>\n | 23.4.3 PMA state diagrams 23.4.3.1 PMA constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 693<\/td>\n | 23.4.3.2 State diagram variables 23.4.3.3 State diagram timers 23.4.3.4 State diagram counters 23.4.3.5 Link Integrity state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 694<\/td>\n | 23.5 PMA electrical specifications 23.5.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics 23.5.1.1 Isolation requirement 23.5.1.2 Transmitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 695<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage 23.5.1.2.2 Differential output templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 699<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.3 Differential output ISI (intersymbol interference) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 700<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.4 Transmitter differential output impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 701<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.5 Output timing jitter 23.5.1.2.6 Transmitter impedance balance 23.5.1.2.7 Common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 702<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.2.8 Transmitter common-mode rejection 23.5.1.2.9 Transmitter fault tolerance 23.5.1.2.10 Transmit clock frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 703<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.3 Receiver specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 704<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 23.5.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity 23.5.1.3.3 Receiver differential input impedance 23.5.1.3.4 Common-mode rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 705<\/td>\n | 23.5.1.3.5 Receiver fault tolerance 23.5.1.3.6 Receiver frequency tolerance 23.5.2 Power consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 706<\/td>\n | 23.6 Link segment characteristics 23.6.1 Cabling 23.6.2 Link transmission parameters 23.6.2.1 Insertion loss 23.6.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 23.6.2.3 Coupling parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 707<\/td>\n | 23.6.2.3.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) loss 23.6.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss 23.6.2.3.3 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss 23.6.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 708<\/td>\n | 23.6.2.4 Delay 23.6.2.4.1 Maximum link delay 23.6.2.4.2 Maximum link delay per meter 23.6.2.4.3 Difference in link delays 23.6.3 Noise 23.6.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 709<\/td>\n | 23.6.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk 23.6.4 Installation practice 23.6.4.1 Connector installation practices 23.6.4.2 Disallow use of Category 3 cable with more than four pairs 23.6.4.3 Allow use of Category 5 jumpers with up to 25 pairs 23.7 MDI specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 710<\/td>\n | 23.7.1 MDI connectors 23.7.2 Crossover function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 711<\/td>\n | 23.8 System considerations 23.9 Environmental specifications 23.9.1 General safety 23.9.2 Network safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 712<\/td>\n | 23.9.2.1 Installation 23.9.2.2 Grounding 23.9.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 23.9.2.4 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 713<\/td>\n | 23.9.3 Environment 23.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 23.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity 23.10 PHY labeling 23.11 Timing summary 23.11.1 Timing references <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 714<\/td>\n | 23.11.2 Definitions of controlled parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 716<\/td>\n | 23.11.3 Table of required timing values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 720<\/td>\n | 23.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 23, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 23.12.1 Introduction 23.12.2 Identification 23.12.2.1 Implementation identification 23.12.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 721<\/td>\n | 23.12.3 Major capabilities\/options 23.12.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 23.12.4.1 Compatibility considerations 23.12.4.2 PCS Transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 722<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.3 PCS Receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 723<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.4 Other PCS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 724<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.5 PCS state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 725<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.6 PMA service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 726<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.7 PMA Transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 727<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.8 PMA Receive functions 23.12.4.9 Link Integrity functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 728<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.10 PMA Align functions 23.12.4.11 Other PMA functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 729<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.12 Isolation requirements 23.12.4.13 PMA electrical requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 733<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.14 Characteristics of the link segment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 735<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.15 MDI requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 736<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.16 General safety and environmental requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 737<\/td>\n | 23.12.4.17 Timing requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 738<\/td>\n | 24. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 24.1 Overview 24.1.1 Scope 24.1.2 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 739<\/td>\n | 24.1.3 Relationship of 100BASE-X to other standards 24.1.4 Summary of 100BASE-X sublayers 24.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 740<\/td>\n | 24.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 24.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 24.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces 24.1.6 Functional block diagram 24.1.7 State diagram conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 742<\/td>\n | 24.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 24.2.1 Service Interface (MII) 24.2.2 Functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 743<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.1 Code-groups <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 744<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.1.1 Data code-groups 24.2.2.1.2 Idle code-groups 24.2.2.1.3 Control code-groups 24.2.2.1.4 Start-of-Stream delimiter (\/J\/K\/) 24.2.2.1.5 End-of-Stream delimiter (\/T\/R\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 745<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.1.6 Invalid code-groups 24.2.2.2 Encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 746<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.3 Data delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 747<\/td>\n | 24.2.2.4 Mapping between MII and PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 748<\/td>\n | 24.2.3 State variables 24.2.3.1 Constants 24.2.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 749<\/td>\n | 24.2.3.3 Functions 24.2.3.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 750<\/td>\n | 24.2.3.5 Messages 24.2.4 State diagrams 24.2.4.1 Transmit Bits 24.2.4.2 Transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 751<\/td>\n | 24.2.4.3 Receive Bits 24.2.4.4 Receive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 752<\/td>\n | 24.2.4.4.1 Detecting channel activity 24.2.4.4.2 Code-group alignment 24.2.4.4.3 Stream decoding 24.2.4.4.4 Stream termination <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 754<\/td>\n | 24.2.4.5 Carrier Sense 24.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 24.3.1 Service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 755<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.1 PMA_TYPE.indicate 24.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.1.2 When generated 24.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request 24.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 756<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.2.2 When generated 24.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indicate 24.3.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.3.2 When generated 24.3.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.4 PMA_CARRIER.indicate 24.3.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.4.2 When generated 24.3.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.5 PMA_LINK.indicate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 757<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.5.2 When generated 24.3.1.5.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.6 PMA_LINK.request 24.3.1.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.3.1.6.2 When generated 24.3.1.6.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.1.7 PMA_RXERROR.indicate 24.3.1.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 758<\/td>\n | 24.3.1.7.2 When generated 24.3.1.7.3 Effect of receipt 24.3.2 Functional requirements 24.3.2.1 Far-End fault <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 759<\/td>\n | 24.3.2.2 Comparison to previous IEEE 802.3 PMAs 24.3.3 State variables 24.3.3.1 Constants 24.3.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 760<\/td>\n | 24.3.3.3 Functions 24.3.3.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 761<\/td>\n | 24.3.3.5 Counters 24.3.3.6 Messages 24.3.4 Process specifications and state diagrams 24.3.4.1 TX 24.3.4.2 RX 24.3.4.3 Carrier detect <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 762<\/td>\n | 24.3.4.4 Link Monitor <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 763<\/td>\n | 24.3.4.5 Far-End Fault Generate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 764<\/td>\n | 24.3.4.6 Far-End Fault Detect 24.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 24.4.1 PMD service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 765<\/td>\n | 24.4.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 24.4.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.1.2 When generated 24.4.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indicate 24.4.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.2.2 When generated 24.4.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indicate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 766<\/td>\n | 24.4.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 24.4.1.3.2 When generated 24.4.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 24.4.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 24.5 Compatibility considerations 24.6 Delay constraints 24.6.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 767<\/td>\n | 24.6.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 768<\/td>\n | 24.6.3 Carrier de-assertion\/assertion constraint (half duplex mode only) 24.7 Environmental specifications 24.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 24, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 24.8.1 Introduction 24.8.2 Identification 24.8.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 769<\/td>\n | 24.8.2.2 Protocol summary 24.8.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 24.8.3 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 24.8.3.1 General compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 770<\/td>\n | 24.8.3.2 PCS functions 24.8.3.3 PMA functions 24.8.3.4 Timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 771<\/td>\n | 25. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX 25.1 Overview 25.2 Functional specifications 25.3 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 772<\/td>\n | 25.4 Specific requirements and exceptions 25.4.1 Change to 7.2.3.1.1, \u201cLine state patterns\u201d 25.4.2 Change to 7.2.3.3, \u201cLoss of synchronization\u201d 25.4.3 Change to Table 8-1, \u201cContact assignments for unshielded twisted pair\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 773<\/td>\n | 25.4.4 Deletion of 8.3, \u201cStation labelling\u201d 25.4.5 Change to 9.1.9, \u201cJitter\u201d 25.4.6 UTP cable plant 25.4.6.1 Cabling system characteristics 25.4.6.2 Link transmission parameters 25.4.6.2.1 Insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 774<\/td>\n | 25.4.6.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 25.4.6.2.3 Return loss 25.4.6.2.4 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) 25.4.6.3 Noise environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 775<\/td>\n | 25.4.6.3.1 External coupled noise 25.4.7 Replacement of 11.2, \u201cCrossover function\u201d 25.4.8 Change to A.2, \u201cDDJ test pattern for baseline wander measurements\u201d 25.4.9 Change to Annex G, \u201cStream cipher scrambling function\u201d 25.4.10 Change to Annex I, \u201cCommon mode cable termination\u201d 25.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 25, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 25.5.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 776<\/td>\n | 25.5.2 Identification 25.5.2.1 Implementation identification 25.5.2.2 Protocol summary 25.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 25.5.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX 25.5.4.1 General compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 777<\/td>\n | 25.5.4.2 PMD compliance 25.5.4.3 Characteristics of link segment 26. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX 26.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 778<\/td>\n | 26.2 Functional specifications 26.3 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 779<\/td>\n | 26.4 Specific requirements and exceptions 26.4.1 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 26.4.2 Crossover function 26.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 26, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 26.5.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 780<\/td>\n | 26.5.2 Identification 26.5.2.1 Implementation identification 26.5.3 Protocol summary 26.5.4 Major capabilities\/options 26.5.5 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX 26.5.5.1 General compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 781<\/td>\n | 26.5.5.2 PMD compliance 27. Repeater for 100 Mb\/s baseband networks 27.1 Overview 27.1.1 Scope 27.1.1.1 Repeater set <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 782<\/td>\n | 27.1.1.2 Repeater unit 27.1.1.3 Repeater classes 27.1.2 Application perspective 27.1.2.1 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 783<\/td>\n | 27.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations 27.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility 27.1.3 Relationship to PHY 27.2 PMA interface messages 27.3 Repeater functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 784<\/td>\n | 27.3.1 Repeater functions 27.3.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements 27.3.1.1.1 Signal amplification 27.3.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 785<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.1.3 Signal retiming 27.3.1.2 Data handling functional requirements 27.3.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding 27.3.1.2.2 Received code violations 27.3.1.3 Received event handling functional requirements 27.3.1.3.1 Received event handling 27.3.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration 27.3.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay 27.3.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 786<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.4 Collision handling functional requirements 27.3.1.4.1 Collision detection 27.3.1.4.2 Jam generation 27.3.1.4.3 Collision-jam propagation delay 27.3.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 787<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.5 Error handling functional requirements 27.3.1.5.1 100BASE-X and 100BASE-T2 carrier integrity functional requirements 27.3.1.5.2 Speed handling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 788<\/td>\n | 27.3.1.6 Partition functional requirements 27.3.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 789<\/td>\n | 27.3.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 27.3.2.1 State diagram variables 27.3.2.1.1 Constants 27.3.2.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 793<\/td>\n | 27.3.2.1.3 Functions 27.3.2.1.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 794<\/td>\n | 27.3.2.1.5 Counters 27.3.2.1.6 Port designation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 795<\/td>\n | 27.3.2.2 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 799<\/td>\n | 27.4 Repeater electrical specifications 27.4.1 Electrical isolation 27.5 Environmental specifications 27.5.1 General safety 27.5.2 Network safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 800<\/td>\n | 27.5.2.1 Installation 27.5.2.2 Grounding 27.5.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 27.5.3 Electrical isolation 27.5.3.1 Environment A requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 801<\/td>\n | 27.5.3.2 Environment B requirements 27.5.4 Reliability 27.5.5 Environment 27.5.5.1 Electromagnetic emission 27.5.5.2 Temperature and humidity 27.6 Repeater labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 802<\/td>\n | 27.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 27, Repeater for 100 Mb\/s baseband networks[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 27.7.1 Introduction 27.7.2 Identification 27.7.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 803<\/td>\n | 27.7.2.2 Protocol summary 27.7.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 804<\/td>\n | 27.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the repeater for 100 Mb\/s baseband networks 27.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations 27.7.4.2 Repeater functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 805<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.3 Signal Restoration function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 806<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.4 Data Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 807<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.5 Receive Event Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 808<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.6 Collision Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 809<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.7 Error Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 810<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.8 Partition functions 27.7.4.9 Receive Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 811<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.10 Repeater state diagrams 27.7.4.11 Repeater electrical <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 812<\/td>\n | 27.7.4.12 Repeater labeling 28. Physical Layer link signaling for 10 Mb\/s, 100 Mb\/s, and 1000 Mb\/s Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair 28.1 Overview 28.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 813<\/td>\n | 28.1.2 Application perspective\/objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 814<\/td>\n | 28.1.3 Relationship to ISO\/IEC 8802-3 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 815<\/td>\n | 28.1.4 Compatibility considerations 28.1.4.1 Interoperability with existing 10BASE-T devices <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 816<\/td>\n | 28.1.4.2 Interoperability with Auto-Negotiation compatible devices 28.1.4.3 Cabling compatibility with Auto-Negotiation 28.2 Functional specifications 28.2.1 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 817<\/td>\n | 28.2.1.1 Link pulse transmission 28.2.1.1.1 FLP burst encoding 28.2.1.1.2 Transmit timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 818<\/td>\n | 28.2.1.2 Link Codeword encoding 28.2.1.2.1 Selector Field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 819<\/td>\n | 28.2.1.2.2 Technology Ability Field 28.2.1.2.3 Remote Fault 28.2.1.2.4 Acknowledge 28.2.1.2.5 Next Page 28.2.1.3 Transmit Switch function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 820<\/td>\n | 28.2.2 Receive function requirements 28.2.2.1 FLP Burst ability detection and decoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 821<\/td>\n | 28.2.2.2 NLP detection 28.2.2.3 Receive Switch function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 822<\/td>\n | 28.2.2.4 Link Codeword matching 28.2.3 Arbitration function requirements 28.2.3.1 Parallel detection function 28.2.3.2 Renegotiation function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 823<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.3 Priority Resolution function 28.2.3.4 Next Page function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 824<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.4.1 Next Page encodings 28.2.3.4.2 Next Page 28.2.3.4.3 Acknowledge 28.2.3.4.4 Message Page 28.2.3.4.5 Acknowledge 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 825<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.4.6 Toggle 28.2.3.4.7 Message Page encoding 28.2.3.4.8 Message Code Field 28.2.3.4.9 Unformatted Page encoding 28.2.3.4.10 Unformatted Code Field 28.2.3.4.11 Use of Next Pages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 826<\/td>\n | 28.2.3.4.12 MII register requirements 28.2.3.5 Remote fault sensing function 28.2.4 Management function requirements 28.2.4.1 Media Independent Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 827<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.1 MII control register 28.2.4.1.2 MII status register 28.2.4.1.3 Auto-Negotiation advertisement register (Register 4) (R\/W) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 828<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner ability register (Register 5) (RO) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 829<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.5 Auto-Negotiation expansion register (Register 6) (RO) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 830<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.6 Auto-Negotiation Next Page transmit register (Register 7) (R\/W) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 831<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.1.7 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Received Next Page register (Register 8) (RO) 28.2.4.1.8 State diagram variable to MII register mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 832<\/td>\n | 28.2.4.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class 28.2.5 Absence of management function 28.2.6 Technology-Dependent Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 833<\/td>\n | 28.2.6.1 PMA_LINK.indication 28.2.6.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 28.2.6.1.2 When generated 28.2.6.1.3 Effect of receipt 28.2.6.2 PMA_LINK.request 28.2.6.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 28.2.6.2.2 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 834<\/td>\n | 28.2.6.2.3 Effect of receipt 28.2.6.3 PMA_LINKPULSE.request 28.2.6.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 28.2.6.3.2 When generated 28.2.6.3.3 Effect of receipt 28.3 State diagrams and variable definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 835<\/td>\n | 28.3.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 840<\/td>\n | 28.3.2 State diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 842<\/td>\n | 28.3.3 State diagram counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 843<\/td>\n | 28.3.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 845<\/td>\n | 28.4 Electrical specifications 28.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 28, Physical Layer link signaling for 10 Mb\/s, 100 Mb\/s, and 1000 Mb\/s Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 28.5.1 Introduction 28.5.2 Identification 28.5.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 846<\/td>\n | 28.5.2.2 Protocol summary 28.5.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 847<\/td>\n | 28.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Layer link signaling for 10 Mb\/s, 100 Mb\/s, and 1000 Mb\/s Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair 28.5.4.1 Scope 28.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions 28.5.4.3 Transmit function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 850<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.4 Receive function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 851<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.5 Arbitration functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 853<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.6 Management function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 856<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.7 Technology-dependent interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 858<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.8 State diagrams 28.5.4.9 Electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 859<\/td>\n | 28.5.4.10 Auto-Negotiation annexes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 861<\/td>\n | 28.6 Auto-Negotiation expansion 29. System considerations for multisegment 100BASE-T networks 29.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 862<\/td>\n | 29.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 863<\/td>\n | 29.1.2 Repeater usage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 864<\/td>\n | 29.2 Transmission System Model 1 29.3 Transmission System Model 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 865<\/td>\n | 29.3.1 Round-trip collision delay 29.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 866<\/td>\n | 29.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 868<\/td>\n | 29.4 Full duplex 100 Mb\/s topology limitations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 869<\/td>\n | 30. Management 30.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 870<\/td>\n | 30.1.1 Scope 30.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE 802.1F 30.1.3 Systems management overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 871<\/td>\n | 30.1.4 Management model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 872<\/td>\n | 30.2 Managed objects 30.2.1 Introduction 30.2.2 Overview of managed objects 30.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 875<\/td>\n | 30.2.2.2 Functions to support management 30.2.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer functions 30.2.2.2.2 Repeater functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 877<\/td>\n | 30.2.3 Containment 30.2.4 Naming <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 878<\/td>\n | 30.2.5 Capabilities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 892<\/td>\n | 30.3 Layer management for DTEs 30.3.1 MAC entity managed object class 30.3.1.1 MAC entity attributes 30.3.1.1.1 aMACID 30.3.1.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK 30.3.1.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 893<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames 30.3.1.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK 30.3.1.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors 30.3.1.1.7 aAlignmentErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 894<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK 30.3.1.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions 30.3.1.1.10 aLateCollisions 30.3.1.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 895<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError 30.3.1.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors 30.3.1.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK 30.3.1.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 896<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus 30.3.1.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList 30.3.1.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK 30.3.1.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 897<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral 30.3.1.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK 30.3.1.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 898<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors 30.3.1.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField 30.3.1.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 899<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.26 aMACEnableStatus 30.3.1.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus 30.3.1.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus 30.3.1.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 900<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.30 aCollisionFrames 30.3.1.1.31 aMACCapabilities 30.3.1.1.32 aDuplexStatus 30.3.1.1.33 aRateControlAbility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 901<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.1.34 aRateControlStatus 30.3.1.1.35 aDeferControlAbility 30.3.1.1.36 aDeferControlStatus 30.3.1.2 MAC entity actions 30.3.1.2.1 acInitializeMAC <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 902<\/td>\n | 30.3.1.2.2 acAddGroupAddress 30.3.1.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress 30.3.1.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest 30.3.2 PHY devicePHY device managed object class 30.3.2.1 PHY device attributes 30.3.2.1.1 aPHYID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 903<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.2 aPhyType <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 904<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.3 aPhyTypeList 30.3.2.1.4 aSQETestErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 905<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.5 aSymbolErrorDuringCarrier 30.3.2.1.6 aMIIDetect <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 906<\/td>\n | 30.3.2.1.7 aPhyAdminState 30.3.2.2 PHY device actions 30.3.2.2.1 acPhyAdminControl 30.3.3 MAC control entity object class 30.3.3.1 aMACControlID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 907<\/td>\n | 30.3.3.2 aMACControlFunctionsSupported 30.3.3.3 aMACControlFramesTransmitted 30.3.3.4 aMACControlFramesReceived 30.3.3.5 aUnsupportedOpcodesReceived 30.3.4 PAUSE entity managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 908<\/td>\n | 30.3.4.1 aPAUSELinkDelayAllowance 30.3.4.2 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 30.3.4.3 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesReceived 30.3.5 MPCP managed object class 30.3.5.1 MPCP Attributes 30.3.5.1.1 aMPCPID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 909<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.2 aMPCPAdminState 30.3.5.1.3 aMPCPMode 30.3.5.1.4 aMPCPLinkID 30.3.5.1.5 aMPCPRemoteMACAddress <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 910<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.6 aMPCPRegistrationState 30.3.5.1.7 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 30.3.5.1.8 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesReceived <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 911<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.9 aMPCPTxGate 30.3.5.1.10 aMPCPTxRegAck 30.3.5.1.11 aMPCPTxRegister 30.3.5.1.12 aMPCPTxRegRequest <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 912<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.13 aMPCPTxReport 30.3.5.1.14 aMPCPRxGate 30.3.5.1.15 aMPCPRxRegAck 30.3.5.1.16 aMPCPRxRegister <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 913<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.17 aMPCPRxRegRequest 30.3.5.1.18 aMPCPRxReport 30.3.5.1.19 aMPCPTransmitElapsed 30.3.5.1.20 aMPCPReceiveElapsed <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 914<\/td>\n | 30.3.5.1.21 aMPCPRoundTripTime 30.3.5.1.22 aMPCPDiscoveryWindowsSent 30.3.5.1.23 aMPCPDiscoveryTimeout 30.3.5.1.24 aMPCPMaximumPendingGrants 30.3.5.2 MPCP Actions 30.3.5.2.1 acMPCPAdminControl <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 915<\/td>\n | 30.3.6 OAM object class 30.3.6.1 OAM Attributes 30.3.6.1.1 aOAMID 30.3.6.1.2 aOAMAdminState 30.3.6.1.3 aOAMMode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 916<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.4 aOAMDiscoveryState 30.3.6.1.5 aOAMRemoteMACAddress 30.3.6.1.6 aOAMLocalConfiguration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 917<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.7 aOAMRemoteConfiguration 30.3.6.1.8 aOAMLocalPDUConfiguration 30.3.6.1.9 aOAMRemotePDUConfiguration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 918<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.10 aOAMLocalFlagsField 30.3.6.1.11 aOAMRemoteFlagsField 30.3.6.1.12 aOAMLocalRevision <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 919<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.13 aOAMRemoteRevision 30.3.6.1.14 aOAMLocalState 30.3.6.1.15 aOAMRemoteState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 920<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.16 aOAMRemoteVendorOUI 30.3.6.1.17 aOAMRemoteVendorSpecificInfo 30.3.6.1.18 aOAMUnsupportedCodesTx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 921<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.19 aOAMUnsupportedCodesRx 30.3.6.1.20 aOAMInformationTx 30.3.6.1.21 aOAMInformationRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 922<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.22 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationTx 30.3.6.1.23 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationTx 30.3.6.1.24 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 923<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.25 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationRx 30.3.6.1.26 aOAMLoopbackControlTx 30.3.6.1.27 aOAMLoopbackControlRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 924<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.28 aOAMVariableRequestTx 30.3.6.1.29 aOAMVariableRequestRx 30.3.6.1.30 aOAMVariableResponseTx 30.3.6.1.31 aOAMVariableResponseRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 925<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.32 aOAMOrganizationSpecificTx 30.3.6.1.33 aOAMOrganizationSpecificRx 30.3.6.1.34 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodConfig <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 926<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.35 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodEvent 30.3.6.1.36 aOAMLocalErrFrameConfig 30.3.6.1.37 aOAMLocalErrFrameEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 927<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.38 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodConfig 30.3.6.1.39 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodEvent 30.3.6.1.40 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryConfig <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 928<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.41 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent 30.3.6.1.42 aOAMRemoteErrSymPeriodEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 929<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.43 aOAMRemoteErrFrameEvent 30.3.6.1.44 aOAMRemoteErrFramePeriodEvent <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 930<\/td>\n | 30.3.6.1.45 aOAMRemoteErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent 30.3.6.1.46 aFramesLostDueToOAMError 30.3.6.2 OAM Actions 30.3.6.2.1 acOAMAdminControl 30.3.7 OMPEmulation managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 931<\/td>\n | 30.3.7.1 OMPEmulation Attributes 30.3.7.1.1 aOMPEmulationID 30.3.7.1.2 aOMPEmulationType 30.3.7.1.3 aSLDErrors 30.3.7.1.4 aCRC8Errors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 932<\/td>\n | 30.3.7.1.5 aGoodLLID 30.3.7.1.6 aONUPONcastLLID 30.3.7.1.7 aOLTPONcastLLID 30.3.7.1.8 aBadLLID 30.4 Layer management for 10, 100, and 1000 Mb\/s baseband repeaters 30.4.1 Repeater managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 933<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.1 Repeater attributes 30.4.1.1.1 aRepeaterID 30.4.1.1.2 aRepeaterType 30.4.1.1.3 aRepeaterGroupCapacity 30.4.1.1.4 aGroupMap <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 934<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.1.5 aRepeaterHealthState 30.4.1.1.6 aRepeaterHealthText 30.4.1.1.7 aRepeaterHealthData <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 935<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.1.8 aTransmitCollisions 30.4.1.2 Repeater actions 30.4.1.2.1 acResetRepeater 30.4.1.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 936<\/td>\n | 30.4.1.3 Repeater notifications 30.4.1.3.1 nRepeaterHealth 30.4.1.3.2 nRepeaterReset 30.4.1.3.3 nGroupMapChange 30.4.2 Group managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 937<\/td>\n | 30.4.2.1 Group attributes 30.4.2.1.1 aGroupID 30.4.2.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity 30.4.2.1.3 aPortMap 30.4.2.2 Group notifications 30.4.2.2.1 nPortMapChange 30.4.3 Repeater port managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 938<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1 Port attributes 30.4.3.1.1 aPortID 30.4.3.1.2 aPortAdminState 30.4.3.1.3 aAutoPartitionState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 939<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.4 aReadableFrames 30.4.3.1.5 aReadableOctets 30.4.3.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors 30.4.3.1.7 aAlignmentErrors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 940<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.8 aFramesTooLong 30.4.3.1.9 aShortEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 941<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.10 aRunts 30.4.3.1.11 aCollisions 30.4.3.1.12 aLateEvents <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 942<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.13 aVeryLongEvents 30.4.3.1.14 aDataRateMismatches 30.4.3.1.15 aAutoPartitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 943<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.16 aIsolates 30.4.3.1.17 aSymbolErrorDuringPacket 30.4.3.1.18 aLastSourceAddress 30.4.3.1.19 aSourceAddressChanges <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 944<\/td>\n | 30.4.3.1.20 aBursts 30.4.3.2 Port actions 30.4.3.2.1 acPortAdminControl 30.5 Layer management for 10 Mb\/s, 100 Mb\/s, 1000 Mb\/s and 10 Gb\/s medium attachment units (MAUs) 30.5.1 MAU managed object class 30.5.1.1 MAU attributes 30.5.1.1.1 aMAUID 30.5.1.1.2 aMAUType <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 947<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.3 aMAUTypeList 30.5.1.1.4 aMediaAvailable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 949<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.5 aLoseMediaCounter 30.5.1.1.6 aJabber 30.5.1.1.7 aMAUAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 950<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.8 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType 30.5.1.1.9 aBroadbandFrequencies 30.5.1.1.10 aFalseCarriers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 951<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.11 aIdleErrorCount 30.5.1.1.12 aPCSCodingViolation 30.5.1.1.13 aFECAbility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 952<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.1.14 aFECmode 30.5.1.1.15 aFECCorrectedBlocks 30.5.1.1.16 aFECUncorrectableBlocks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 953<\/td>\n | 30.5.1.2 MAU actions 30.5.1.2.1 acResetMAU 30.5.1.2.2 acMAUAdminControl 30.5.1.3 MAU notifications 30.5.1.3.1 nJabber 30.6 Management for link Auto-Negotiation 30.6.1 Auto-Negotiation managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 954<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.1 Auto-Negotiation attributes 30.6.1.1.1 aAutoNegID 30.6.1.1.2 aAutoNegAdminState 30.6.1.1.3 aAutoNegRemoteSignaling 30.6.1.1.4 aAutoNegAutoConfig <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 955<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.1.5 aAutoNegLocalTechnologyAbility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 956<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.1.6 aAutoNegAdvertisedTechnologyAbility 30.6.1.1.7 aAutoNegReceivedTechnologyAbility 30.6.1.1.8 aAutoNegLocalSelectorAbility <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 957<\/td>\n | 30.6.1.1.9 aAutoNegAdvertisedSelectorAbility 30.6.1.1.10 aAutoNegReceivedSelectorAbility 30.6.1.2 Auto-Negotiation actions 30.6.1.2.1 acAutoNegRestartAutoConfig 30.6.1.2.2 acAutoNegAdminControl 30.7 Management for Link Aggregation 30.7.1 Aggregator managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 958<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1 Aggregator attributes 30.7.1.1.1 aAggID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 959<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.2 aAggDescription 30.7.1.1.3 aAggName 30.7.1.1.4 aAggActorSystemID 30.7.1.1.5 aAggActorSystemPriority <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 960<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.6 aAggAggregateOrIndividual 30.7.1.1.7 aAggActorAdminKey 30.7.1.1.8 aAggActorOperKey 30.7.1.1.9 aAggMACAddress 30.7.1.1.10 aAggPartnerSystemID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 961<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.11 aAggPartnerSystemPriority 30.7.1.1.12 aAggPartnerOperKey 30.7.1.1.13 aAggAdminState 30.7.1.1.14 aAggOperState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 962<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.15 aAggTimeOfLastOperChange 30.7.1.1.16 aAggDataRate 30.7.1.1.17 aAggOctetsTxOK 30.7.1.1.18 aAggOctetsRxOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 963<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.19 aAggFramesTxOK 30.7.1.1.20 aAggFramesRxOK 30.7.1.1.21 aAggMulticastFramesTxOK 30.7.1.1.22 aAggMulticastFramesRxOK <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 964<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.23 aAggBroadcastFramesTxOK 30.7.1.1.24 aAggBroadcastFramesRxOK 30.7.1.1.25 aAggFramesDiscardedOnTx 30.7.1.1.26 aAggFramesDiscardedOnRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 965<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.27 aAggFramesWithTxErrors 30.7.1.1.28 aAggFramesWithRxErrors 30.7.1.1.29 aAggUnknownProtocolFrames 30.7.1.1.30 aAggPortList <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 966<\/td>\n | 30.7.1.1.31 aAggLinkUpDownNotificationEnable 30.7.1.1.32 aAggCollectorMaxDelay 30.7.1.2 Aggregator Notifications 30.7.1.2.1 nAggLinkUpNotification 30.7.1.2.2 nAggLinkDownNotification 30.7.2 Aggregation Port managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 967<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1 Aggregation Port Attributes 30.7.2.1.1 aAggPortID 30.7.2.1.2 aAggPortActorSystemPriority 30.7.2.1.3 aAggPortActorSystemID 30.7.2.1.4 aAggPortActorAdminKey 30.7.2.1.5 aAggPortActorOperKey <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 968<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.6 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority 30.7.2.1.7 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority 30.7.2.1.8 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID 30.7.2.1.9 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 969<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.10 aAggPortPartnerAdminKey 30.7.2.1.11 aAggPortPartnerOperKey 30.7.2.1.12 aAggPortSelectedAggID 30.7.2.1.13 aAggPortAttachedAggID 30.7.2.1.14 aAggPortActorPort <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 970<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.15 aAggPortActorPortPriority 30.7.2.1.16 aAggPortPartnerAdminPort 30.7.2.1.17 aAggPortPartnerOperPort 30.7.2.1.18 aAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority 30.7.2.1.19 aAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 971<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.20 aAggPortActorAdminState 30.7.2.1.21 aAggPortActorOperState 30.7.2.1.22 aAggPortPartnerAdminState 30.7.2.1.23 aAggPortPartnerOperState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 972<\/td>\n | 30.7.2.1.24 aAggPortAggregateOrIndividual 30.7.3 Aggregation Port Statistics managed object class 30.7.3.1 Aggregation Port Statistics attributes 30.7.3.1.1 aAggPortStatsID 30.7.3.1.2 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsRx 30.7.3.1.3 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsRx 30.7.3.1.4 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsRx <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 973<\/td>\n | 30.7.3.1.5 aAggPortStatsUnknownRx 30.7.3.1.6 aAggPortStatsIllegalRx 30.7.3.1.7 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsTx 30.7.3.1.8 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsTx 30.7.3.1.9 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsTx 30.7.4 Aggregation Port Debug Information managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 974<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1 Aggregation Port Debug Information attributes 30.7.4.1.1 aAggPortDebugInformationID 30.7.4.1.2 aAggPortDebugRxState 30.7.4.1.3 aAggPortDebugLastRxTime <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 975<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.4 aAggPortDebugMuxState 30.7.4.1.5 aAggPortDebugMuxReason 30.7.4.1.6 aAggPortDebugActorChurnState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 976<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.7 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnState 30.7.4.1.8 aAggPortDebugActorChurnCount 30.7.4.1.9 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnCount 30.7.4.1.10 aAggPortDebugActorSyncTransitionCount 30.7.4.1.11 aAggPortDebugPartnerSyncTransitionCount <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 977<\/td>\n | 30.7.4.1.12 aAggPortDebugActorChangeCount 30.7.4.1.13 aAggPortDebugPartnerChangeCount 30.8 Management for WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS) 30.8.1 WIS managed object class 30.8.1.1 WIS attributes 30.8.1.1.1 aWISID 30.8.1.1.2 aSectionStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 978<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.3 aSectionSESThreshold 30.8.1.1.4 aSectionSESs 30.8.1.1.5 aSectionESs 30.8.1.1.6 aSectionSEFSs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 979<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.7 aSectionCVs 30.8.1.1.8 aJ0ValueTX 30.8.1.1.9 aJ0ValueRX 30.8.1.1.10 aLineStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 980<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.11 aLineSESThreshold 30.8.1.1.12 aLineSESs 30.8.1.1.13 aLineESs 30.8.1.1.14 aLineCVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 981<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.15 aFarEndLineSESs 30.8.1.1.16 aFarEndLineESs 30.8.1.1.17 aFarEndLineCVs 30.8.1.1.18 aPathStatus <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 982<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.19 aPathSESThreshold 30.8.1.1.20 aPathSESs 30.8.1.1.21 aPathESs 30.8.1.1.22 aPathCVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 983<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.23 aJ1ValueTX 30.8.1.1.24 aJ1ValueRX 30.8.1.1.25 aFarEndPathStatus 30.8.1.1.26 aFarEndPathSESs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 984<\/td>\n | 30.8.1.1.27 aFarEndPathESs 30.8.1.1.28 aFarEndPathCVs 30.9 Management for Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) 30.9.1 PSE managed object class 30.9.1.1 PSE attributes 30.9.1.1.1 aPSEID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 985<\/td>\n | 30.9.1.1.2 aPSEAdminState 30.9.1.1.3 aPSEPowerPairsControlAbility 30.9.1.1.4 aPSEPowerPairs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 986<\/td>\n | 30.9.1.1.5 aPSEPowerDetectionStatus 30.9.1.1.6 aPSEPowerClassification 30.9.1.1.7 aPSEInvalidSignatureCounter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 987<\/td>\n | 30.9.1.1.8 aPSEPowerDeniedCounter 30.9.1.1.9 aPSEOverLoadCounter 30.9.1.1.10 aPSEShortCounter 30.9.1.1.11 aPSEMPSAbsentCounter 30.9.1.2 PSE actions 30.9.1.2.1 acPSEAdminControl <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 988<\/td>\n | 30.10 Layer management for Midspan 30.10.1 Midspan managed object class 30.10.1.1 Midspan attributes 30.10.1.1.1 aMidSpanID 30.10.1.1.2 aMidSpanPSEGroupCapacity 30.10.1.1.3 aMidSpanPSEGroupMap <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 989<\/td>\n | 30.10.1.2 Midspan notifications 30.10.1.2.1 nMidSpanPSEGroupMapChange 30.10.2 PSE Group managed object class 30.10.2.1 PSE Group attributes 30.10.2.1.1 aPSEGroupID 30.10.2.1.2 aPSECapacity 30.10.2.1.3 aPSEMap <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 990<\/td>\n | 30.10.2.2 PSE Group notifications 30.10.2.2.1 nPSEMapChange 30.11 Layer Management for Physical Medium Entity (PME) 30.11.1 PAF managed object class 30.11.1.1 PAFAttributes 30.11.1.1.1 aPAFID 30.11.1.1.2 aPhyEnd <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 991<\/td>\n | 30.11.1.1.3 aPHYCurrentStatus 30.11.1.1.4 aPAFSupported <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 992<\/td>\n | 30.11.1.1.5 aPAFAdminState 30.11.1.1.6 aLocalPAFCapacity 30.11.1.1.7 aLocalPMEAvailable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 993<\/td>\n | 30.11.1.1.8 aLocalPMEAggregate 30.11.1.1.9 aRemotePAFSupported 30.11.1.1.10 aRemotePAFCapacity <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 994<\/td>\n | 30.11.1.1.11 aRemotePMEAggregate 30.11.2 PME managed object class 30.11.2.1 PME Attributes 30.11.2.1.1 aPMEID 30.11.2.1.2 aPMEAdminState <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 995<\/td>\n | 30.11.2.1.3 aPMEStatus 30.11.2.1.4 aPMESNRMgn 30.11.2.1.5 aTCCodingViolations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 996<\/td>\n | 30.11.2.1.6 aProfileSelect 30.11.2.1.7 aOperatingProfile <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 997<\/td>\n | 30.11.2.1.8 aPMEFECCorrectedBlocks 30.11.2.1.9 aPMEFECUncorrectableBlocks 30.11.2.1.10 aTCCRCErrors 31. MAC Control 31.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 998<\/td>\n | 31.2 Layer architecture 31.3 Support by interlayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 999<\/td>\n | 31.4 MAC Control frames 31.4.1 MAC Control frame format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1000<\/td>\n | 31.4.1.1 Destination Address field 31.4.1.2 Source Address field 31.4.1.3 Length\/Type field 31.4.1.4 MAC Control Opcode field 31.4.1.5 MAC Control Parameters field 31.4.1.6 Reserved field 31.5 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1001<\/td>\n | 31.5.1 Frame parsing and data frame reception 31.5.2 Control frame reception 31.5.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control receive state diagram 31.5.3.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1002<\/td>\n | 31.5.3.2 Variables 31.5.3.3 Functions 31.5.3.4 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1003<\/td>\n | 31.5.3.5 Opcode-independent MAC Control Receive state diagram 31.6 Compatibility requirements 31.7 MAC Control client behavior 31.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 31, MAC Control[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 31.8.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1004<\/td>\n | 31.8.2 Identification 31.8.2.1 Implementation identification 31.8.2.2 Protocol summary 31.8.3 PICS proforma for MAC Control frames 31.8.3.1 Support by interlayer interfaces 31.8.3.2 MAC Control frame format <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1005<\/td>\n | 31.8.3.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation 31.8.3.4 Control opcode assignments 32. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T2 32.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1006<\/td>\n | 32.1.1 Relation of 100BASE-T2 to other standards 32.1.2 Operation of 100BASE-T2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1008<\/td>\n | 32.1.2.1 Physical coding sublayer (PCS) 32.1.2.2 PMA sublayer 32.1.2.3 PHY Control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1009<\/td>\n | 32.1.3 Application of 100BASE-T2 32.1.3.1 Compatibility considerations 32.1.3.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T2 PHY into a DTE 32.1.3.3 Use of 100BASE-T2 PHY for point-to-point communication 32.1.3.4 Auto-Negotiation requirement 32.1.4 State diagram conventions 32.2 PHY Control functional specifications and service interface 32.2.1 PHY Control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1010<\/td>\n | 32.2.2 PHY Control Service interface 32.2.2.1 PHYC_CONFIG.indication 32.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1011<\/td>\n | 32.2.2.1.2 When generated 32.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 32.2.2.2 PHYC_TXMODE.indication 32.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 32.2.2.2.2 When generated 32.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 32.2.2.3 PHYC_RXSTATUS.request 32.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1012<\/td>\n | 32.2.2.3.2 When generated 32.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 32.2.2.4 PHYC_REMRXSTATUS.request 32.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 32.2.2.4.2 When generated 32.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1013<\/td>\n | 32.2.3 State diagram variables 32.2.4 State diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1014<\/td>\n | 32.2.5 PHY Control state diagram 32.3 PCS functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1015<\/td>\n | 32.3.1 PCS functions 32.3.1.1 PCS Reset function 32.3.1.2 PCS Transmit function 32.3.1.2.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1016<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.2.2 Generation of bits San[2:0] and Sbn[2:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1017<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.2.3 Generation of sequences An and Bn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1020<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.3 PCS Receive function 32.3.1.3.1 Receiver descrambler polynomials 32.3.1.3.2 Decoding of quinary symbols <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1021<\/td>\n | 32.3.1.4 PCS Carrier Sense function 32.3.1.5 PCS Collision Presence function 32.3.2 PCS interfaces 32.3.2.1 PCS-MII interface signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1022<\/td>\n | 32.3.2.2 PCS-management entity signals 32.3.3 Frame structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1023<\/td>\n | 32.3.4 State variables 32.3.4.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1024<\/td>\n | 32.3.4.2 Timer 32.3.4.3 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1025<\/td>\n | 32.3.5 State diagrams 32.3.5.1 PCS Transmit 32.3.5.2 PCS Receive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1026<\/td>\n | 32.3.5.3 PCS Carrier Sense 32.3.6 PCS electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1027<\/td>\n | 32.4 PMA functional specifications and service interface 32.4.1 PMA functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1028<\/td>\n | 32.4.1.1 PMA functions 32.4.1.1.1 PMA Reset function 32.4.1.1.2 PMA Transmit function 32.4.1.1.3 PMA Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1029<\/td>\n | 32.4.1.1.4 Link Monitor function 32.4.1.1.5 Clock Recovery function 32.4.1.2 PMA interface messages 32.4.1.2.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1030<\/td>\n | 32.4.1.2.2 Signals received at the MDI 32.4.1.3 PMA state diagram 32.4.1.3.1 State diagram variables 32.4.1.3.2 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1031<\/td>\n | 32.4.1.3.3 Link Monitor state diagram 32.4.2 PMA service interface 32.4.2.1 PMA_TYPE.indication 32.4.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1032<\/td>\n | 32.4.2.1.2 When generated 32.4.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request 32.4.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 32.4.2.2.2 When generated 32.4.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 32.4.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1033<\/td>\n | 32.4.2.3.2 When generated 32.4.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.4 PMA_LINK.request 32.4.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 32.4.2.4.2 When generated 32.4.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.5 PMA_LINK.indication <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1034<\/td>\n | 32.4.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 32.4.2.5.2 When generated 32.4.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 32.4.2.6 PMA_CARRIER.indication 32.4.2.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication 32.4.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.request 32.5 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1035<\/td>\n | 32.5.1 100BASE-T2 Use of Auto-Negotiation and MII Registers 8, 9, and 10 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1036<\/td>\n | 32.5.2 Management functions 32.5.3 PHY specific registers for 100BASE-T2 32.5.3.1 100BASE-T2 Control register (Register 9) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1037<\/td>\n | 32.5.3.1.1 Transmitter test mode 32.5.3.1.2 Receive test mode 32.5.3.1.3 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Enable 32.5.3.1.4 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Value <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1038<\/td>\n | 32.5.3.1.5 T2_Repeater\/DTE Bit 32.5.3.1.6 Reserved bits 32.5.3.2 100BASE-T2 Status register (Register 10) 32.5.3.2.1 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Fault <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1039<\/td>\n | 32.5.3.2.2 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution Complete 32.5.3.2.3 Local Receiver Status 32.5.3.2.4 Remote Receiver Status 32.5.3.2.5 Reserved bits 32.5.3.2.6 Idle Error count 32.5.4 Changes and additions to Auto-Negotiation (Clause 28) 32.5.4.1 Change to 28.2.4.1.3 (Auto-Negotiation Advertisement register) 32.5.4.2 Use of Auto-Negotiation Next Page codes for 100BASE-T2 PHYs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1040<\/td>\n | 32.5.4.3 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1042<\/td>\n | 32.6 PMA electrical specifications 32.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics 32.6.1.1 Isolation requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1043<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications 32.6.1.2.1 Transmitter test modes 32.6.1.2.2 Peak differential output voltage and level distortion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1044<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.2.3 Maximum output droop 32.6.1.2.4 Differential output templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1047<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter 32.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1048<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications 32.6.1.3.1 Test channel <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1057<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.3.2 Receiver test mode 32.6.1.3.3 Receiver differential input signals 32.6.1.3.4 Receiver Alien NEXT tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1058<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.3.5 Receiver timing jitter 32.6.1.3.6 Common-mode noise rejection 32.6.1.3.7 Receiver frequency tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1059<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.4 MDI Specifications 32.6.1.4.1 MDI differential impedance 32.6.1.4.2 MDI impedance balance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1060<\/td>\n | 32.6.1.4.3 MDI common-mode output voltage 32.6.1.4.4 MDI fault tolerance 32.6.2 Power consumption <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1061<\/td>\n | 32.7 Link segment characteristics 32.7.1 Cabling 32.7.2 Link transmission parameters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1062<\/td>\n | 32.7.2.1 Insertion loss 32.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 32.7.2.3 Coupling parameters 32.7.2.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 332.7.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss 32.7.2.3.3 Equal level far-end crosstalk loss (ELFEXT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1063<\/td>\n | 32.7.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss 32.7.2.3.5 10BASE-T NEXT loss to insertion loss ratio requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1064<\/td>\n | 32.7.2.4 Delay 32.7.2.4.1 Maximum link delay 32.7.2.4.2 Difference in link delays 32.7.3 Noise <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1065<\/td>\n | 32.7.3.1 Near-end crosstalk noise <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1066<\/td>\n | 32.7.3.2 Far-end crosstalk noise 32.7.3.3 External coupled noise 32.7.4 Installation practice 32.7.4.1 Connector installation practices 32.7.4.2 Restrictions on use of Category 3 cabling with more than four pairs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1067<\/td>\n | 32.7.4.3 Restrictions on use of Category 5 cabling with up to 25 pairs 32.8 MDI specification 32.8.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1068<\/td>\n | 32.8.2 Crossover function 32.9 System considerations 32.10 Environmental specifications 32.10.1 General safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1069<\/td>\n | 32.10.2 Network safety 32.10.2.1 Installation 32.10.2.2 Grounding 32.10.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 32.10.2.4 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1070<\/td>\n | 32.10.3 Environment 32.10.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 32.10.3.2 Temperature and humidity 32.10.4 Cabling specifications 32.11 PHY labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1071<\/td>\n | 32.12 Delay constraints 32.12.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII) 32.12.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1072<\/td>\n | 32.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 32, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T2[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 32.13.1 Identification 32.13.1.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1073<\/td>\n | 32.13.1.2 Protocol summary 32.13.2 Major capabilities\/options 32.13.3 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1074<\/td>\n | 32.13.4 PHY control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1075<\/td>\n | 32.13.5 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) or Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 32.13.5.1 PCS transmit functions 32.13.5.2 PCS receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1076<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.3 Other PCS functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1077<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.4 PMA functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1078<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.5 PMA service interface 32.13.5.6 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1080<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.7 100BASE-T2 specific Auto-Negotiation requirements 32.13.5.8 PMA electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1087<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.9 Characteristics of the link segment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1089<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.10 MDI requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1090<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.11 General safety and environmental requirements 32.13.5.12 Timing requirements exposed MII <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1091<\/td>\n | 32.13.5.13 Timing requirements unexposed MII 32.13.5.14 Timing requirements: carrier assertion\/deassertion constraint 33. Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via Media Dependent Interface (MDI) 33.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1092<\/td>\n | 33.1.1 Objectives 33.1.2 Compatibility considerations 33.1.3 Relationship of Power via MDI to the IEEE 802.3 Architecture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1093<\/td>\n | 33.2 Power sourcing equipment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1094<\/td>\n | 33.2.1 PSE location 33.2.2 PI pin assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1095<\/td>\n | 33.2.3 PSE state diagrams 33.2.3.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1096<\/td>\n | 33.2.3.2 Conventions 33.2.3.3 Constants 33.2.3.4 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1098<\/td>\n | 33.2.3.5 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1099<\/td>\n | 33.2.3.6 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1100<\/td>\n | 33.2.3.7 State diagrams 33.2.4 PD detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1101<\/td>\n | 33.2.5 PSE validation circuit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1102<\/td>\n | 33.2.5.1 Detection probe requirements 33.2.6 PSE detection of PDs 33.2.6.1 Detection criteria <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1103<\/td>\n | 33.2.6.2 Rejection criteria 33.2.6.3 Open circuit criteria 33.2.7 PSE classification of PDs 33.2.7.1 Classification power levels <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1104<\/td>\n | 33.2.7.2 PSE classification 33.2.8 Power supply output <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1106<\/td>\n | 33.2.8.1 Output voltage 33.2.8.2 Load regulation 33.2.8.3 Power feeding ripple and noise 33.2.8.4 Maximum output current in normal powering mode at PSE min output voltage 33.2.8.5 Output current in startup mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1107<\/td>\n | 33.2.8.6 Overload current detection range 33.2.8.7 Overload time limit 33.2.8.8 Output current\u2014at short circuit condition 33.2.8.9 Short circuit time limit 33.2.8.10 Turn off time <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1108<\/td>\n | 33.2.8.11 Turn off voltage 33.2.8.12 Current unbalance 33.2.8.13 Power turn on time 33.2.8.14 PSE stability 33.2.9 Power supply allocation 33.2.10 PSE power removal 33.2.10.1 PSE Maintain Power Signature (MPS) requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1109<\/td>\n | 33.2.10.1.1 PSE AC MPS component requirements 33.2.10.1.2 PSE DC MPS component requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1111<\/td>\n | 33.3 Powered devices 33.3.1 PD PI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1112<\/td>\n | 33.3.2 PD state diagram 33.3.2.1 Conventions 33.3.2.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1113<\/td>\n | 33.3.2.3 State diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1114<\/td>\n | 33.3.3 PD valid and non-valid detection signatures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1115<\/td>\n | 33.3.4 PD classifications 33.3.5 PD power <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1116<\/td>\n | 33.3.5.1 Input voltage 33.3.5.2 Input average power 33.3.5.3 Input inrush current <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1117<\/td>\n | 33.3.5.4 Peak operating current 33.3.5.5 PI capacitance during normal powering mode 33.3.5.6 Ripple and noise 33.3.5.7 PD power supply turn on \/ turn off voltages 33.3.5.8 PD classification stability time 33.3.5.9 PD stability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1118<\/td>\n | 33.3.5.10 Backfeed voltage 33.3.6 PD Maintain Power Signature 33.3.6.1 Input current <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1119<\/td>\n | 33.4 Additional electrical specifications 33.4.1 Isolation 33.4.1.1 Electrical isolation environments 33.4.1.1.1 Environment A requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1120<\/td>\n | 33.4.1.1.2 Environment B requirements 33.4.2 Fault tolerance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1121<\/td>\n | 33.4.3 Impedance balance 33.4.4 Common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1123<\/td>\n | 33.4.5 Pair-to-pair output noise voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1124<\/td>\n | 33.4.6 Differential noise voltage 33.4.7 Return loss 33.4.8 Midspan PSE device additional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1126<\/td>\n | 33.4.8.1 \u201cConnector\u201d or \u201ctelecom outlet\u201d Midspan PSE device transmission requirements 33.4.8.1.1 NEXT (Near End Crosstalk) 33.4.8.1.2 Insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1127<\/td>\n | 33.4.8.1.3 Return loss 33.4.8.1.4 Work area or equipment cable Midspan PSE 33.5 Environmental 33.5.1 General safety 33.5.2 Network safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1128<\/td>\n | 33.5.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 33.5.4 Patch panel considerations 33.5.5 Cabling resistance unbalance 33.5.6 Telephony voltages 33.5.7 Electromagnetic emissions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1129<\/td>\n | 33.5.8 Temperature and humidity 33.5.9 Labeling 33.6 Management function requirements 33.6.1 PSE registers 33.6.1.1 PSE Control register (Register 11) (R\/W) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1130<\/td>\n | 33.6.1.1.1 Reserved bits (11.15:4) 33.6.1.1.2 Pair Control (11.3:2) 33.6.1.1.3 PSE enable (11.1:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1131<\/td>\n | 33.6.1.2 PSE Status register (Register 12) (R\/W) 33.6.1.2.1 Reserved bits (12.15:13) 33.6.1.2.2 Power Denied (12.12) 33.6.1.2.3 Valid Signature (12.11) 33.6.1.2.4 Invalid Signature (12.10) 33.6.1.2.5 Short Circuit (12.9) 33.6.1.2.6 Overload (12.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1132<\/td>\n | 33.6.1.2.7 MPS Absent (12.7) 33.6.1.2.8 PD Class (12.6:4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1133<\/td>\n | 33.6.1.2.9 PSE Status (12.3:1) 33.6.1.2.10 Pair Control Ability (12.0) 33.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 33, DTE Power via MDI[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 33.7.1 Introduction 33.7.2 Identification 33.7.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1134<\/td>\n | 33.7.2.2 Protocol summary 33.7.2.3 PD Major capabilities\/options 33.7.2.4 PSE Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1135<\/td>\n | 33.7.3 PICS proforma tables for DTE Power via MDI 33.7.3.1 Common device features 33.7.3.2 Power sourcing equipment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1138<\/td>\n | 33.7.3.3 Powered devices <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1141<\/td>\n | 33.7.3.4 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE and PD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1144<\/td>\n | 33.7.3.5 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1146<\/td>\n | 33.7.3.6 Electrical specifications applicable to the PD 33.7.3.7 Environmental specifications applicable to PSEs and PDs 33.7.3.8 Environmental specifications applicable to the PSE 33.7.3.9 Management function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1149<\/td>\n | Annex 22A (informative)MII output delay, setup, and hold time budget 22A.1 System model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1150<\/td>\n | 22A.2 Signal transmission path characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1151<\/td>\n | 22A.3 Budget calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1152<\/td>\n | Annex 22B (informative)MII driver ac characteristics 22B.1 Implications of CMOS ASIC processes 22B.2 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 5 V \u00b1 10% supply <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1153<\/td>\n | 22B.3 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 3.3 V \u00b1 0.3 V supply <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1154<\/td>\n | Annex 22C (informative)Measurement techniques for MII signal timing characteristics 22C.1 Measuring timing characteristics of source terminated signals 22C.2 Measuring timing characteristics of transmit signals at the MII 22C.3 Measuring timing characteristics of receive signals at the MII 22C.4 Measuring timing characteristics of MDIO <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1156<\/td>\n | Annex 22D (informative)Clause 22 access to Clause 45 MMD registers 22D.1 Write operation 22D.2 Read operation 22D.3 MMD address operations 22D.3.1 Address <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1157<\/td>\n | 22D.3.2 Data, no post increment 22D.3.3 Data, post increment on reads and writes 22D.3.4 Data, post increment on writes only 22D.4 PHY Coexistence and bus conflict avoidance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1158<\/td>\n | Annex 23A (normative)6T codewords <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1162<\/td>\n | Annex 23B (informative)Noise budget <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1163<\/td>\n | Annex 23C (informative)Use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 \u03a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1164<\/td>\n | Annex 27A (normative)Repeater delay consistency requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1165<\/td>\n | Annex 28A (normative)Selector Field definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1166<\/td>\n | Annex 28B (normative)IEEE 802.3 Selector Base Page definition 28B.1 Selector field value 28B.2 Technology Ability Field bit assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1167<\/td>\n | 28B.3 Priority resolution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1168<\/td>\n | 28B.4 Message Page transmission convention <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1169<\/td>\n | Annex 28C (normative)Next Page Message Code Field definitions 28C.1 Message code #0\u2014Auto-Negotiation reserved code 1 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1170<\/td>\n | 28C.2 Message code #1\u2014Null Message code 28C.3 Message code #2\u2014Technology Ability extension code 1 28C.4 Message code #3\u2014Technology Ability extension code 2 28C.5 Message code #4\u2014Remote fault number code 28C.6 Message code #5\u2014Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code 28C.7 Message code #6\u2014PHY identifier tag code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1171<\/td>\n | 28C.8 Message code #2047\u2014Auto-Negotiation reserved code 2 28C.9 Message code #7\u2014100BASE-T2 technology message code 28C.10 Message Code #8\u20141000BASE-T technology message code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1172<\/td>\n | Annex 28D (normative)Description of extensions to Clause 28 and associated annexes 28D.1 Introduction 28D.2 Extensions to Clause 28 28D.2.1 Extensions required for Clause 31 (full duplex) 28D.2.2 Extensions required for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2) 28D.3 Extensions for Clause 31 28D.4 Extensions for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1173<\/td>\n | 28D.5 Extensions required for Clause 40 (1000BASE-T) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1174<\/td>\n | Annex 29A (informative)DTE and repeater delay components 29A.1 DTE delay 29A.2 Repeater delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1175<\/td>\n | Annex 29B (informative)Recommended topology documentation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1176<\/td>\n | Annex 30A (normative)GDMO specification for IEEE 802.3 managed object classes 30A.1 DTE MAC entity managed object class 30A.1.1 DTE MAC entity formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1179<\/td>\n | 30A.1.2 DTE MAC entity attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1188<\/td>\n | 30A.1.3 DTE MAC entity actions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1189<\/td>\n | 30A.2 DTE physical entity managed object class 30A.2.1 DTE physical entity formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1191<\/td>\n | 30A.2.2 DTE physical entity attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1193<\/td>\n | 30A.2.3 DTE physical entity actions 30A.3 DTE MAC control entity managed object class 30A.3.1 DTE MAC control entity formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1194<\/td>\n | 30A.3.2 DTE MAC Control entity attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1195<\/td>\n | 30A.4 DTE MAC Control function entity managed object class 30A.4.1 DTE MAC Control function entity formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1202<\/td>\n | 30A.4.2 DTE MAC Control function entity attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1203<\/td>\n | 330A.5 Repeater managed object class 30A.5.1 Repeater, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1204<\/td>\n | 30A.5.2 Repeater attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1207<\/td>\n | 30A.5.3 Repeater actions 30A.5.4 Repeater notifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1208<\/td>\n | 30A.6 Group managed object class 30A.6.1 Group, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1209<\/td>\n | 30A.6.2 Group attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1210<\/td>\n | 30A.6.3 Group notifications 30A.7 Repeater port managed object class 30A.7.1 Port, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1211<\/td>\n | 30A.7.2 Port attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1217<\/td>\n | 30A.7.3 Port actions 30A.8 MAU managed object class 30A.8.1 MAU, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1219<\/td>\n | 30A.8.2 MAU attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1223<\/td>\n | 30A.8.3 MAU actions 30A.8.4 MAU notifications 30A.9 AutoNegotiation managed object class 30A.9.1 AutoNegotiation, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1224<\/td>\n | 30A.9.2 Auto-Negotiation attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1227<\/td>\n | 30A.9.3 AutoNegotiation actions 30A.10 ResourceTypeID managed object class 30A.10.1 ResourceTypeID, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1229<\/td>\n | 30A.11 Aggregator managed object class 30A.11.1 Aggregator, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1230<\/td>\n | 30A.11.2 Aggregator attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1240<\/td>\n | 30A.11.3 Aggregator notifications 30A.12 Aggregation Port managed object class 30A.12.1 Aggregation Port, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1241<\/td>\n | 30A.12.2 Aggregation Port attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1247<\/td>\n | 30A.13 Aggregation Port Statistics managed object class 30A.13.1 Aggregation Port Statistics, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1248<\/td>\n | 30A.13.2 Aggregation Port Statistics attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1250<\/td>\n | 30A.14 Aggregation Port Debug Information managed object class 30A.14.1 Aggregation Port Debug Information, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1251<\/td>\n | 30A.14.2 Aggregation Port Debug Information attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1255<\/td>\n | 30A.15 WIS managed object class 30A.15.1 WIS, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1256<\/td>\n | 30A.15.2 WIS attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1264<\/td>\n | 30A.16 PSE managed object class 30A.16.1 PSE, formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1265<\/td>\n | 30A.16.2 PSE attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1268<\/td>\n | 30A.16.3 PSE actions 30A.17 Midspan managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1269<\/td>\n | 30A.17.1 Midspan attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1270<\/td>\n | 30A.17.2 Midspan notifications 30A.18 PSE Group managed object class 30A.18.1 PSE Group attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1271<\/td>\n | 30A.18.2 PSE Group notifications 30A.19 OMP entity formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1272<\/td>\n | 30A.19.1 OMP attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1274<\/td>\n | 30A.20 OAM entity managed object class 30A.20.1 OAM entity formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1276<\/td>\n | 30A.20.2 OAM entity attributes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1287<\/td>\n | 30A.20.3 OAM actions 30A.21 PAF managed object class 30A.21.1 PAF formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1291<\/td>\n | 30A.22 PME managed object class 30A.22.1 PME formal definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1295<\/td>\n | Annex 30B (normative)GDMO and ASN.1 definitions for management 30B.1 Common attributes template 30B.2 ASN.1 module for CSMA\/CD managed objects <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1308<\/td>\n | Annex 30C (normative)SNMP MIB definitions for Link Aggregation 30C.1 Introduction 30C.2 The SNMP Management Framework 30C.3 Security considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1309<\/td>\n | 30C.4 Structure of the MIB 30C.4.1 Relationship to the managed objects defined in Clause 30 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1311<\/td>\n | 30C.4.2 The Aggregator Group 30C.4.3 The Aggregator Port List Group <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1312<\/td>\n | 30C.4.4 The Aggregation Port Group 30C.4.5 The Aggregation Port Statistics Group 30C.4.6 The Aggregation Port Debug Group <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1313<\/td>\n | 30C.5 Relationship to other MIBs 30C.5.1 Relationship to the Interfaces MIB 30C.5.2 Layering model 30C.5.3 ifStackTable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1314<\/td>\n | 30C.5.4 ifRcvAddressTable 30C.6 Definitions for Link Aggregation MIB <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1342<\/td>\n | Annex 31A (normative)MAC Control opcode assignments <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1346<\/td>\n | Annex 31B (normative)MAC Control PAUSE operation 31B.1 PAUSE description 31B.2 Parameter semantics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1347<\/td>\n | 31B.3 Detailed specification of PAUSE operation 31B.3.1 Transmit operation 31B.3.2 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1348<\/td>\n | 31B.3.2.1 Constants 31B.3.2.2 Variables 31B.3.2.3 Functions 31B.3.2.4 Timers 31B.3.2.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1349<\/td>\n | 31B.3.2.6 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation 31B.3.3 Receive operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1350<\/td>\n | 31B.3.4 Receive state diagram for PAUSE operation 31B.3.4.1 Constants 31B.3.4.2 Variables 31B.3.4.3 Timers 31B.3.4.4 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for PAUSE operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1351<\/td>\n | 31B.3.5 Status indication operation 31B.3.6 Indication state diagram for pause operation 31B.3.6.1 Constants 31B.3.6.2 Variables 31B.3.6.3 Messages 31B.3.6.4 Indication state diagram for PAUSE operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1352<\/td>\n | 31B.3.7 Timing considerations for PAUSE operation 31B.4 Protocol Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control PAUSE operation[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this annex so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 31B.4.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1353<\/td>\n | 31B.4.2 Identification 31b.4.2.1 Implementation identification 31B.4.2.2 Protocol summary 31B.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 31B.4.4 PAUSE command requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1354<\/td>\n | 31B.4.5 PAUSE command state diagram requirements 31B.4.6 PAUSE command MAC timing considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1355<\/td>\n | Annex 32A (informative)Use of cabling systems with nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 \u03a9 or 150 \u03a9 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1356<\/td>\n | Annex 33A (informative)PSE detection of PDs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1358<\/td>\n | Annex 33B (informative)Cabling guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1359<\/td>\n | Annex 33C (informative)Recommended test configurations and procedures 33C.1 Recommended PSE output test procedures 33C.1.1 Test Procedure PSE-1 (output polarity, output voltage, and continuous output power) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1360<\/td>\n | 33C.1.2 Test Procedure PSE-2 (load regulation) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1361<\/td>\n | 33C.1.3 Test Procedure PSE-3 (ripple and noise) 33C.1.4 Test Procedure PSE-4 (output current in startup mode) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1363<\/td>\n | 33C.1.5 Test Procedure PSE-5 (IDLE state current) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1364<\/td>\n | 33C.1.6 Test Procedure PSE-6 (overload current detection range and overload timings) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1365<\/td>\n | 33C.1.7 Test Procedure PSE-7 (short circuit current and timing) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1366<\/td>\n | 33C.1.8 Test Procedure PSE-8 (turn on rise time) 33C.1.9 Test Procedure PSE-9 (turn off time) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1367<\/td>\n | 33C.1.10 Test Procedure PSE-10 (turn on, detection, and classification time) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1368<\/td>\n | 33C.1.11 Test Procedure PSE-11 (detection backoff time) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1369<\/td>\n | 33C.1.12 Test Procedure PSE-12 (port capacitance during detection) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1370<\/td>\n | 33C.2 Recommended PSE AC disconnect-detection test procedures 33C.2.1 Test Procedure PSE-13 (ac disconnect pulse parameters) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1372<\/td>\n | 33C.2.2 Test Procedure PSE-14 (port impedance) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1373<\/td>\n | 33C.3 Recommended PSE detection signature test procedures 33C.3.1 Test Procedure PSE-15 (signature detection parameters) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1376<\/td>\n | 33C.4 Recommended PD detection signature test procedures 33C.4.1 Test Procedure SIG-1 (PD signature characteristics) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1378<\/td>\n | 33C.5 Recommended PD power supply test procedures 33C.5.1 Test Procedure PD-1 (all parameters) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1382<\/td>\n | Annex 33D (informative)PSE-PD stability 33D.1 Recommended PSE design guidelines and test setup <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1383<\/td>\n | 33D.2 Recommended PD design guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1385<\/td>\n | Annex 33E (informative)Cabling resistance unbalance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1387<\/td>\n | 34. Introduction to 1000 Mb\/s baseband network 34.1 Overview 34.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) 34.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1388<\/td>\n | 34.1.3 Repeater 34.1.4 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-X 34.1.5 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-T 34.1.6 Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1389<\/td>\n | 34.2 State diagrams 34.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma 34.4 Relation of Gigabit Ethernet to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1390<\/td>\n | 35. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) 35.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1391<\/td>\n | 35.1.1 Summary of major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1392<\/td>\n | 35.1.2 Application 35.1.3 Rate of operation 35.1.4 Allocation of functions 35.2 Functional specifications 35.2.1 Mapping of GMII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1393<\/td>\n | 35.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 35.2.1.1.1 Function 35.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 35.2.1.1.3 When generated 35.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 35.2.1.2.1 Function 35.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1394<\/td>\n | 35.2.1.2.3 When generated 35.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 35.2.1.3.1 Function 35.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 35.2.1.3.3 When generated 35.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 35.2.1.4.1 Function 35.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 35.2.1.4.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1395<\/td>\n | 35.2.1.5 Response to error indications from GMII 35.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER 35.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 35.2.1.7.1 Function 35.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive 35.2.1.7.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1396<\/td>\n | 35.2.2 GMII signal functional specifications 35.2.2.1 GTX_CLK (1000 Mb\/s transmit clock) 35.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock) 35.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1397<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data) 35.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1399<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.6 RX_DV (receive data valid) 35.2.2.7 RXD (receive data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1400<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.8 RX_ER (receive error) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1401<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.9 CRS (carrier sense) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1402<\/td>\n | 35.2.2.10 COL (collision detected) 35.2.2.11 MDC (management data clock) 35.2.2.12 MDIO (management data input\/output) 35.2.3 GMII data stream <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1403<\/td>\n | 35.2.3.1 Inter-frame 35.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter 35.2.3.2.1 Transmit case <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1404<\/td>\n | 35.2.3.2.2 Receive case 35.2.3.3 Data <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1405<\/td>\n | 35.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter 35.2.3.5 Carrier extension 35.2.3.6 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters 35.2.4 MAC delay constraints (with GMII) 35.2.5 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1406<\/td>\n | 35.3 Signal mapping 35.4 Electrical characteristics 35.4.1 DC characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1407<\/td>\n | 35.4.2 AC characteristics 35.4.2.1 Signal Timing measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1408<\/td>\n | 35.4.2.2 GMII test circuit topology <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1409<\/td>\n | 35.4.2.3 GMII ac specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1411<\/td>\n | 35.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 35, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 35.5.1 Introduction 35.5.2 Identification 35.5.2.1 Implementation identification 35.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1412<\/td>\n | 35.5.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 35.5.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and Gigabit Media Independent Interface 35.5.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives 35.5.3.2 GMII signal functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1414<\/td>\n | 35.5.3.3 Data stream structure 35.5.3.4 Delay constraints 35.5.3.5 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1415<\/td>\n | 35.5.3.6 Electrical characteristics 36. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 36.1 Overview 36.1.1 Scope 36.1.2 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1416<\/td>\n | 36.1.3 Relationship of 1000BASE-X to other standards 36.1.4 Summary of 1000BASE-X sublayers 36.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1417<\/td>\n | 36.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 36.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 36.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1418<\/td>\n | 36.1.6 Functional block diagram 36.1.7 State diagram conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1419<\/td>\n | 36.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 36.2.1 PCS Interface (GMII) 36.2.2 Functions within the PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1420<\/td>\n | 36.2.3 Use of code-groups 36.2.4 8B\/10B transmission code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1421<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.1 Notation conventions 36.2.4.2 Transmission order 36.2.4.3 Valid and invalid code-groups 36.2.4.4 Running disparity rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1422<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.5 Generating code-groups 36.2.4.6 Checking the validity of received code-groups <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1423<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.7 Ordered_sets 36.2.4.7.1 Ordered_set rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1432<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.8 \/K28.5\/ code-group considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1433<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.9 Comma considerations 36.2.4.10 Configuration (\/C\/) 36.2.4.11 Data (\/D\/) 36.2.4.12 IDLE (\/I\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1434<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.13 Start_of_Packet (SPD) delimiter 36.2.4.14 End_of_Packet delimiter (EPD) 36.2.4.14.1 EPD rules 36.2.4.15 Carrier_Extend (\/R\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1435<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.15.1 Carrier_Extend rules 36.2.4.16 Error_Propagation (\/V\/) 36.2.4.17 Encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1436<\/td>\n | 36.2.4.18 Mapping between GMII, PCS and PMA 36.2.5 Detailed functions and state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1437<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1 State variables 36.2.5.1.1 Notation conventions 36.2.5.1.2 Constants 36.2.5.1.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1440<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1441<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1.5 Counters 36.2.5.1.6 Message <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1443<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.1.7 Timer 36.2.5.2 State diagrams 36.2.5.2.1 Transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1447<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2.2 Receive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1448<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2.3 State variable function carrier_detect(x) 36.2.5.2.4 Code-group stream decoding 36.2.5.2.5 Carrier sense <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1449<\/td>\n | 36.2.5.2.6 Synchronization 36.2.5.2.7 Auto-Negotiation process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1450<\/td>\n | 36.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 36.3.1 Service Interface 36.3.1.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request 36.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1451<\/td>\n | 36.3.1.1.2 When generated 36.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 36.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 36.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 36.3.1.2.2 When generated 36.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 36.3.2 Functions within the PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1452<\/td>\n | 36.3.2.1 Data delay 36.3.2.2 PMA transmit function 36.3.2.3 PMA receive function 36.3.2.4 Code-group alignment 36.3.3 A physical instantiation of the PMA Service Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1453<\/td>\n | 36.3.3.1 Required signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1455<\/td>\n | 36.3.3.2 Summary of control signal usage 36.3.4 General electrical characteristics of the TBI 36.3.4.1 DC characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1456<\/td>\n | 36.3.4.2 Valid signal levels 36.3.4.3 Rise and fall time definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1457<\/td>\n | 36.3.4.4 Output load 36.3.5 TBI transmit interface electrical characteristics 36.3.5.1 Transmit data (tx_code-group ) 36.3.5.2 TBI transmit interface timing 36.3.6 TBI receive interface electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1458<\/td>\n | 36.3.6.1 Receive data (rx_code-group) 36.3.6.2 Receive clock (PMA_RX_CLK, PMA_RX_CLK) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1459<\/td>\n | 36.3.7 Loopback mode 36.3.7.1 Receiver considerations 36.3.7.2 Transmitter considerations 36.3.8 Test functions 36.4 Compatibility considerations 36.5 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1460<\/td>\n | 36.5.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints 36.5.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex mode) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1461<\/td>\n | 36.5.3 Carrier de-assertion\/assertion constraint (half duplex mode) 36.6 Environmental specifications 36.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 36, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 36.7.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1462<\/td>\n | 36.7.2 Identification 36.7.2.1 Implementation identification 36.7.2.2 Protocol summary 36.7.3 Major Capabilities\/Options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1463<\/td>\n | 36.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 36.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations 36.7.4.2 Code-group functions 36.7.4.3 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1464<\/td>\n | 36.7.4.4 PMA functions 36.7.4.5 PMA transmit function 36.7.4.6 PMA code-group alignment function 36.7.4.7 TBI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1465<\/td>\n | 36.7.4.8 Delay constraints 37. Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X 37.1 Overview 37.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1466<\/td>\n | 37.1.2 Application perspective\/objectives 37.1.3 Relationship to ISO\/IEC 8802-3 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1467<\/td>\n | 37.1.4 Compatibility considerations 37.1.4.1 Auto-Negotiation 37.1.4.2 Management interface 37.1.4.2.1 GMII management interface 37.1.4.3 Interoperability between Auto-Negotiation compatible devices <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1468<\/td>\n | 37.1.4.4 User Configuration with Auto-Negotiation 37.2 Functional specifications 37.2.1 Config_Reg encoding 37.2.1.1 Base page to management register mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1469<\/td>\n | 37.2.1.2 Full duplex 37.2.1.3 Half duplex 37.2.1.4 Pause 37.2.1.5 Remote fault <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1470<\/td>\n | 37.2.1.5.1 No error, link OK 37.2.1.5.2 Offline 37.2.1.5.3 Link_Failure 37.2.1.5.4 Auto-Negotiation_Error 37.2.1.6 Acknowledge 37.2.1.7 Next page <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1471<\/td>\n | 37.2.2 Transmit function requirements 37.2.2.1 Transmit function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements 37.2.3 Receive function requirements 37.2.3.1 Receive function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1472<\/td>\n | 37.2.4 Arbitration process requirements 37.2.4.1 Renegotiation function 37.2.4.2 Priority resolution function 37.2.4.3 Next Page function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1474<\/td>\n | 37.2.4.3.1 Next page encodings 37.2.4.3.2 Next page 37.2.4.3.3 Acknowledge 37.2.4.3.4 Message page 37.2.4.3.5 Acknowledge 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1475<\/td>\n | 37.2.4.3.6 Toggle 37.2.4.3.7 Message page encoding 37.2.4.3.8 Message Code Field 37.2.4.3.9 Unformatted page encoding 37.2.4.3.10 Unformatted Code Field 37.2.4.3.11 Use of next pages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1476<\/td>\n | 37.2.4.3.12 Management register requirements 37.2.5 Management function requirements 37.2.5.1 Management registers 37.2.5.1.1 Control register (Register 0) 37.2.5.1.2 Status register (Register 1) 37.2.5.1.3 AN advertisement register (Register 4) (R\/W) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1477<\/td>\n | 37.2.5.1.4 AN link partner ability base page register (Register 5) (RO) 37.2.5.1.5 AN expansion register (Register 6) (RO) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1478<\/td>\n | 37.2.5.1.6 AN next page transmit register (Register 7) 37.2.5.1.7 AN link partner ability next page register (Register 8) 37.2.5.1.8 Extended status register (Register 15) 37.2.5.1.9 State diagram variable to management register mapping 37.2.5.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1479<\/td>\n | 37.2.6 Absence of management function 37.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams 37.3.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1480<\/td>\n | 37.3.1.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1483<\/td>\n | 37.3.1.2 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1484<\/td>\n | 37.3.1.3 Messages 37.3.1.4 Timers 37.3.1.5 State diagrams 37.4 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1485<\/td>\n | 37.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 37, Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 37.5.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1486<\/td>\n | 37.5.2 Identification 37.5.2.1 Implementation identification 37.5.2.2 Protocol summary 37.5.3 Major Capabilities\/Options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1487<\/td>\n | 37.5.4 PICS proforma tables for the Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X 37.5.4.1 Compatibility considerations 37.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions 37.5.4.2.1 Config_Reg 37.5.4.2.2 Remote Fault functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1488<\/td>\n | 37.5.4.2.3 AN transmit functions 37.5.4.2.4 AN receive functions 37.5.4.2.5 Priority resolution functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1489<\/td>\n | 37.5.4.2.6 Next page functions 37.5.4.2.7 Management registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1490<\/td>\n | 38. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser) 38.1 Overview 38.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 38.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 38.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 38.1.1.1.2 When generated 38.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1491<\/td>\n | 38.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 38.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 38.1.1.2.2 When generated 38.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 38.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 38.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 38.1.1.3.2 When generated 38.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 38.1.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1492<\/td>\n | 38.2 PMD functional specifications 38.2.1 PMD block diagram 38.2.2 PMD transmit function 38.2.3 PMD receive function 38.2.4 PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1493<\/td>\n | 38.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX 38.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1494<\/td>\n | 38.3.2 Receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1495<\/td>\n | 38.3.3 Worst-case 1000BASE-SX link power budget and penalties (informative) 38.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1496<\/td>\n | 38.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1497<\/td>\n | 38.4.2 Receive optical specifications 38.4.3 Worst-case 1000BASE-LX link power budget and penalties (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1498<\/td>\n | 38.5 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-SX and 1000BASE-LX 38.6 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1499<\/td>\n | 38.6.1 Center wavelength and spectral width measurements 38.6.2 Optical power measurements 38.6.3 Extinction ratio measurements 38.6.4 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN) 38.6.5 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1500<\/td>\n | 38.6.6 Transmit rise\/fall characteristics 38.6.7 Receive sensitivity measurements 38.6.8 Total jitter measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1501<\/td>\n | 38.6.9 Deterministic jitter measurement (informative) 38.6.10 Coupled Power Ratio (CPR) measurements 38.6.11 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1503<\/td>\n | 38.6.12 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 38.7 Environmental specifications 38.7.1 General safety 38.7.2 Laser safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1504<\/td>\n | 38.7.3 Installation 38.8 Environment 38.8.1 Electromagnetic emission 38.8.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 38.9 PMD labeling requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1505<\/td>\n | 38.10 Fiber optic cabling model 38.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 38.11.1 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1506<\/td>\n | 38.11.2 Optical fiber connection 38.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 38.11.2.2 Connection return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1507<\/td>\n | 38.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 38.11.4 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of 1000BASE-LX <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1508<\/td>\n | 38.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 38, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 38.12.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1509<\/td>\n | 38.12.2 Identification 38.12.2.1 Implementation identification 38.12.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1510<\/td>\n | 38.12.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1511<\/td>\n | 38.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser) 38.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1512<\/td>\n | 38.12.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX 38.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX 38.12.4.4 Jitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1513<\/td>\n | 38.12.4.5 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1516<\/td>\n | 38.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1518<\/td>\n | 39. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX (short-haul copper) 39.1 Overview 39.2 Functional specifications 39.2.1 PMD transmit function 39.2.2 PMD receive function 39.2.3 PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1519<\/td>\n | 39.3 PMD to MDI electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1520<\/td>\n | 39.3.1 Transmitter electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1522<\/td>\n | 39.3.2 Receiver electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1523<\/td>\n | 39.3.3 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-CX 39.4 Jumper cable assembly characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1524<\/td>\n | 39.4.1 Compensation networks 39.4.2 Shielding 39.5 MDI specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1525<\/td>\n | 39.5.1 MDI connectors 39.5.1.1 Style-1 connector specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1526<\/td>\n | 39.5.1.2 Style-2 connector specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1527<\/td>\n | 39.5.1.3 Style-2 connector example drawing (informative) 39.5.2 Crossover function 39.6 Electrical measurement requirements 39.6.1 Transmit rise\/fall time <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1528<\/td>\n | 39.6.2 Transmit skew measurement 39.6.3 Transmit eye (normalized and absolute) 39.6.4 Through_connection impedance 39.6.5 Jumper cable intra-pair differential skew <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1529<\/td>\n | 39.6.6 Receiver link signal 39.6.7 Near-End Cross Talk (NEXT) 39.6.8 Differential time-domain reflectometry (TDR) measurement procedure 39.6.8.1 Driving waveform <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1530<\/td>\n | 39.6.8.2 Calibration of the test setup 39.7 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1531<\/td>\n | 39.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 39, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 39.8.1 Introduction 39.8.2 Identification 39.8.2.1 Implementation identification 39.8.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1532<\/td>\n | 39.8.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1533<\/td>\n | 39.8.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX (short-haul copper) 39.8.4.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1534<\/td>\n | 39.8.4.2 PMD to MDI electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1535<\/td>\n | 39.8.4.3 Jumper cable assembly characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1536<\/td>\n | 39.8.4.4 Other requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1538<\/td>\n | 40. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T 40.1 Overview 40.1.1 Objectives 40.1.2 Relationship of 1000BASE-T to other standards 40.1.3 Operation of 1000BASE-T <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1540<\/td>\n | 40.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1541<\/td>\n | 40.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1542<\/td>\n | 40.1.4 Signaling 40.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1543<\/td>\n | 40.1.6 Conventions in this clause 40.2 1000BASE-T Service Primitives and Interfaces 40.2.1 Technology-Dependent Interface 40.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 40.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1544<\/td>\n | 40.2.1.1.2 When generated 40.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 40.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.1.2.2 When generated 40.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.2 PMA Service Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1545<\/td>\n | 40.2.3 PMA_TXMODE.indication 40.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1546<\/td>\n | 40.2.3.2 When generated 40.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.4 PMA_CONFIG.indication 40.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.4.2 When generated 40.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.5 PMA_UNITDATA.request 40.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1547<\/td>\n | 40.2.5.2 When generated 40.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.6 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 40.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.6.2 When generated 40.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.7 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request 40.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1548<\/td>\n | 40.2.7.2 When generated 40.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 40.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 40.2.8.2 When generated 40.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.9 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 40.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1549<\/td>\n | 40.2.9.2 When generated 40.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 40.2.10 PMA_RESET.indication 40.2.10.1 When generated 40.2.10.2 Effect of receipt 40.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1550<\/td>\n | 40.3.1 PCS functions 40.3.1.1 PCS Reset function 40.3.1.2 PCS Data Transmission Enable 40.3.1.3 PCS Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1551<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1552<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.2 Generation of bits Sxn[3:0], Syn[3:0], and Sgn[3:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1554<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.3 Generation of bits Scn[7:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1555<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.4 Generation of bits Sdn[8:0] <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1557<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.5 Generation of quinary symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1563<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.3.6 Generation of An, Bn, Cn, Dn <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1564<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.4 PCS Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1565<\/td>\n | 40.3.1.4.1 Decoding of code-groups 40.3.1.4.2 Receiver descrambler polynomials 40.3.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1566<\/td>\n | 40.3.2 Stream structure 40.3.3 State variables 40.3.3.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1569<\/td>\n | 40.3.3.2 Functions 40.3.3.3 Timer 40.3.3.4 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1570<\/td>\n | 40.3.4 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1572<\/td>\n | 40.3.4.1 Supplement to state diagram 40.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 40.4.1 PMA functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1573<\/td>\n | 40.4.2 PMA functions 40.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 40.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1574<\/td>\n | 40.4.2.3 PMA Receive function 40.4.2.4 PHY Control function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1575<\/td>\n | 40.4.2.5 Link Monitor function 40.4.2.6 Clock Recovery function 40.4.3 MDI 40.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1576<\/td>\n | 40.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 40.4.4 Automatic MDI\/MDI-X Configuration 40.4.4.1 Description of Automatic MDI\/MDI-X state machine 40.4.4.2 Pseudo-random sequence generator <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1577<\/td>\n | 40.4.5 State variables 40.4.5.1 State diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1578<\/td>\n | 40.4.5.2 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1580<\/td>\n | 40.4.6 State Diagrams 40.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram 40.4.6.2 Link Monitor state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1581<\/td>\n | 40.4.6.2.1 Auto Crossover state diagram 40.5 Management interface 40.5.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation 40.5.1.1 1000BASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1584<\/td>\n | 40.5.1.2 1000BASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1585<\/td>\n | 40.5.1.3 Sending Next Pages 40.5.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1588<\/td>\n | 40.6 PMA electrical specifications 40.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface tests 40.6.1.1 Isolation requirement <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1589<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.1.1 Test channel 40.6.1.1.2 Test modes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1592<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.1.3 Test Fixtures <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1594<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1595<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage and level accuracy 40.6.1.2.2 Maximum output droop 40.6.1.2.3 Differential output templates <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1604<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2.4 Transmitter distortion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1607<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1608<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency 40.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications 40.6.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 40.6.1.3.2 Receiver frequency tolerance 40.6.1.3.3 Common-mode noise rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1609<\/td>\n | 40.6.1.3.4 Alien Crosstalk noise rejection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1610<\/td>\n | 40.7 Link segment characteristics 40.7.1 Cabling system characteristics 40.7.2 Link transmission parameters 40.7.2.1 Insertion loss 40.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1611<\/td>\n | 40.7.2.3 Return loss 40.7.3 Coupling parameters 40.7.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) 40.7.3.1.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk 40.7.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT) 40.7.3.2.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1612<\/td>\n | 40.7.3.2.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss 40.7.3.2.3 Multiple-Disturber Power Sum Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (PSELFEXT) loss 40.7.4 Delay <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1613<\/td>\n | 40.7.4.1 Maximum link delay 40.7.4.2 Link delay skew 40.7.5 Noise environment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1614<\/td>\n | 40.7.6 External coupled noise 40.8 MDI specification 40.8.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1615<\/td>\n | 40.8.2 Crossover function 40.8.3 MDI electrical specifications 40.8.3.1 MDI return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1616<\/td>\n | 40.8.3.2 MDI impedance balance 40.8.3.3 MDI common-mode output voltage <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1617<\/td>\n | 40.8.3.4 MDI fault tolerance 40.9 Environmental specifications 40.9.1 General safety 40.9.2 Network safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1618<\/td>\n | 40.9.2.1 Installation 40.9.2.2 Installation and maintenance guidelines 40.9.2.3 Telephony voltages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1619<\/td>\n | 40.9.3 Environment 40.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 40.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity 40.10 PHY labeling 40.11 Delay constraints 40.11.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1620<\/td>\n | 40.11.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex only) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1621<\/td>\n | 40.11.3 Carrier de-assertion\/assertion constraint (half duplex mode) 40.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 40\u2014Physical coding sublayer (PCS), physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 40.12.1 Identification 40.12.1.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1622<\/td>\n | 40.12.1.2 Protocol summary 40.12.2 Major capabilities\/options 40.12.3 Clause conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1623<\/td>\n | 40.12.4 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1626<\/td>\n | 40.12.4.1 PCS receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1627<\/td>\n | 40.12.4.2 Other PCS functions 40.12.5 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1629<\/td>\n | 40.12.6 Management interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1630<\/td>\n | 40.12.6.1 1000BASE-T Specific Auto-Negotiation Requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1632<\/td>\n | 40.12.7 PMA Electrical Specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1640<\/td>\n | 40.12.8 Characteristics of the link segment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1643<\/td>\n | 40.12.9 MDI requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1646<\/td>\n | 40.12.10 General safety and environmental requirements 40.12.11 Timing requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1647<\/td>\n | 41. Repeater for 1000 Mb\/s baseband networks 41.1 Overview 41.1.1 Scope 41.1.1.1 Repeater set <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1648<\/td>\n | 41.1.1.2 Repeater unit 41.1.2 Application perspective 41.1.2.1 Objectives 41.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations 41.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility 41.1.3 Relationship to PHY 41.2 Repeater functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1649<\/td>\n | 41.2.1 Repeater functions 41.2.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements 41.2.1.1.1 Signal amplification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1650<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration 41.2.1.1.3 Signal retiming 41.2.1.2 Data-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding 41.2.1.2.2 Received code violations 41.2.1.3 Received event-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.3.1 Received event handling 41.2.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1651<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay 41.2.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability 41.2.1.4 Collision-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.4.1 Collision detection 41.2.1.4.2 Jam generation 41.2.1.4.3 Start-of-collision-jam propagation delay 41.2.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay 41.2.1.5 Error-handling functional requirements 41.2.1.5.1 Carrier integrity functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1652<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.5.2 Speed handling 41.2.1.6 Partition functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1653<\/td>\n | 41.2.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1654<\/td>\n | 41.2.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 41.2.2.1 State diagram variables 41.2.2.1.1 Constants 41.2.2.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1655<\/td>\n | 41.2.2.1.3 Functions 41.2.2.1.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1656<\/td>\n | 41.2.2.1.5 Counters 41.2.2.1.6 Port designation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1658<\/td>\n | 41.2.2.2 State diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1660<\/td>\n | 41.3 Repeater electrical specifications 41.3.1 Electrical isolation 41.4 Environmental specifications 41.4.1 General safety 41.4.2 Network safety 41.4.2.1 Installation 41.4.2.2 Grounding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1661<\/td>\n | 41.4.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 41.4.3 Electrical isolation 41.4.3.1 Environment A requirements 41.4.3.2 Environment B requirements 41.4.4 Reliability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1662<\/td>\n | 41.4.5 Environment 41.4.5.1 Electromagnetic emission 41.4.5.2 Temperature and humidity 41.5 Repeater labeling 41.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 41, Repeater for 1000 Mb\/s baseband networks[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 41.6.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1663<\/td>\n | 41.6.2 Identification 41.6.2.1 Implementation identification 41.6.2.2 Protocol summary 41.6.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1664<\/td>\n | 41.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the Repeater for 1000 Mb\/s baseband networks 41.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 41.6.4.2 Repeater functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1665<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.3 Signal restoration function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1666<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.4 Data-Handling function 41.6.4.5 Receive Event-Handling function 41.6.4.6 Collision-Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1667<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.7 Error-Handling function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1668<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.8 Partition function 41.6.4.9 Receive Jabber function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1669<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.10 Repeater state diagrams 41.6.4.11 Repeater electrical <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1670<\/td>\n | 41.6.4.12 Repeater labeling 42. System considerations for multisegment 1000 Mb\/s networks 42.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1671<\/td>\n | 42.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1672<\/td>\n | 42.1.2 Repeater usage 42.2 Transmission System Model 1 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1673<\/td>\n | 42.3 Transmission System Model 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1674<\/td>\n | 42.3.1 Round-trip collision delay 42.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection 42.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1677<\/td>\n | 42.4 Full duplex 1000 Mb\/s topology limitations 43. Link Aggregation 43.1 Overview 43.1.1 Terminology 43.1.2 Goals and objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1678<\/td>\n | 43.1.3 Positioning of Link Aggregation within the IEEE 802.3 architecture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1679<\/td>\n | 43.1.4 State diagram conventions 43.2 Link Aggregation operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1680<\/td>\n | 43.2.1 Principles of Link Aggregation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1681<\/td>\n | 43.2.2 Service interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1682<\/td>\n | 43.2.3 Frame Collector 43.2.3.1 Frame Collector state diagram 43.2.3.1.1 Constants 43.2.3.1.2 Variables 43.2.3.1.3 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1683<\/td>\n | 43.2.3.1.4 State diagram 43.2.4 Frame Distributor <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1684<\/td>\n | 43.2.4.1 Frame Distributor state diagram 43.2.4.1.1 Variables 43.2.4.1.2 Messages 43.2.4.1.3 State diagram 43.2.5 Marker Generator\/Receiver (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1685<\/td>\n | 43.2.6 Marker Responder 43.2.7 Aggregator Parser\/Multiplexer 43.2.7.1 Aggregator Parser state diagram 43.2.7.1.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1686<\/td>\n | 43.2.7.1.2 Variables 43.2.7.1.3 Messages 43.2.8 Aggregator <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1687<\/td>\n | 43.2.8.1 State diagram 43.2.9 Control Parser\/Multiplexer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1688<\/td>\n | 43.2.9.1 Control Parser state diagram 43.2.9.1.1 Constants 43.2.9.1.2 Variables 43.2.9.1.3 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1689<\/td>\n | 43.2.9.1.4 State diagram 43.2.10 Addressing 43.3 Link Aggregation Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1690<\/td>\n | 43.3.1 Characteristics of Link Aggregation Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1691<\/td>\n | 43.3.2 System identification 43.3.3 Aggregator identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1692<\/td>\n | 43.3.4 Port identification 43.3.5 Capability identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1693<\/td>\n | 43.3.6 Link Aggregation Group identification 43.3.6.1 Construction of the Link Aggregation Group Identifier <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1694<\/td>\n | 43.3.6.2 Representation of the Link Aggregation Group Identifier <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1695<\/td>\n | 43.3.7 Selecting a Link Aggregation Group 43.3.8 Agreeing on a Link Aggregation Group 43.3.9 Attaching a link to an Aggregator <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1696<\/td>\n | 43.3.10 Signaling readiness to transfer user data 43.3.11 Enabling Collection and Distribution <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1697<\/td>\n | 43.3.12 Monitoring the membership of a Link Aggregation Group 43.3.13 Detaching a link from an Aggregator 43.3.14 Configuration and administrative control of Link Aggregation 43.3.15 Link Aggregation Control state information <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1698<\/td>\n | 43.4 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) 43.4.1 LACP design elements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1699<\/td>\n | 43.4.2 LACPDU structure and encoding 43.4.2.1 Transmission and representation of octets 43.4.2.2 LACPDU structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1703<\/td>\n | 43.4.3 LACP state machine overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1704<\/td>\n | 43.4.4 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1705<\/td>\n | 43.4.5 Variables associated with the System 43.4.6 Variables associated with each Aggregator <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1707<\/td>\n | 43.4.7 Variables associated with each port <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1710<\/td>\n | 43.4.8 Variables used for managing the operation of the state machines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1711<\/td>\n | 43.4.9 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1713<\/td>\n | 43.4.10 Timers 43.4.11 Messages 43.4.12 Receive machine <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1715<\/td>\n | 43.4.13 Periodic Transmission machine <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1716<\/td>\n | 43.4.14 Selection Logic <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1717<\/td>\n | 43.4.14.1 Selection Logic\u2014Requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1718<\/td>\n | 43.4.14.2 Selection Logic\u2014Recommended default operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1719<\/td>\n | 43.4.15 Mux machine <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1722<\/td>\n | 43.4.16 Transmit machine <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1723<\/td>\n | 43.4.17 Churn Detection machines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1724<\/td>\n | 43.5 Marker protocol 43.5.1 Introduction 43.5.2 Sequence of operations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1725<\/td>\n | 43.5.3 Marker and Marker Response PDU structure and encoding 43.5.3.1 Transmission and representation of octets 43.5.3.2 Marker and Marker Response PDU structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1727<\/td>\n | 43.5.4 Protocol definition 43.5.4.1 Operation of the marker protocol 43.5.4.2 Marker Responder state diagram 43.5.4.2.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1728<\/td>\n | 43.5.4.2.2 Variables 43.5.4.2.3 Messages 43.6 Configuration capabilities and restrictions 43.6.1 Use of system and port priorities <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1729<\/td>\n | 43.6.2 Dynamic allocation of operational Keys <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1730<\/td>\n | 43.6.3 Link Aggregation on shared-medium links 43.6.4 Selection Logic variants 43.6.4.1 Reduced reconfiguration 43.6.4.2 Limited Aggregator availability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1731<\/td>\n | 43.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 43, Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 43.7.1 Introduction 43.7.2 Identification 43.7.2.1 Implementation identification 43.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1732<\/td>\n | 43.7.3 Major capabilities\/options 43.7.4 Frame Collector 43.7.5 Frame Distributor 43.7.6 Marker protocol <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1733<\/td>\n | 43.7.7 Aggregator Parser\/Multiplexer 43.7.8 Control Parser\/Multiplexer 43.7.9 System identification 43.7.10 Aggregator identification 43.7.11 Port identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1734<\/td>\n | 43.7.12 Capability identification 43.7.13 Link Aggregation Group identification 43.7.14 Detaching a link from an Aggregator 43.7.15 LACPDU structure 43.7.16 State machine variables 43.7.17 Receive machine <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1735<\/td>\n | 43.7.18 Periodic Transmission machine 43.7.19 Selection Logic 43.7.20 Mux machine <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1736<\/td>\n | 43.7.21 Transmit machine 43.7.22 Churn Detection machines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1737<\/td>\n | 43.7.23 Marker protocol 43.7.24 Configuration capabilities and restrictions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1738<\/td>\n | 43.7.25 Link Aggregation on shared-medium links <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1739<\/td>\n | Annex 36A (informative)Jitter test patterns 36A.1 High-frequency test pattern 36A.2 Low-frequency test pattern 36A.3 Mixed frequency test pattern 36A.4 Long continuous random test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1740<\/td>\n | 36A.5 Short continuous random test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1742<\/td>\n | Annex 36B (informative)8B\/10B transmission code running disparity calculation examples <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1744<\/td>\n | Annex 38A (informative)Fiber launch conditions 38A.1 Overfilled Launch 38A.2 Radial Overfilled Launch (ROFL) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1745<\/td>\n | Annex 40A (informative)Additional cabling design guidelines 40A.1 Alien crosstalk 40A.1.1 Multipair cabling (i.e., greater than 4-pair) 40A.1.2 Bundled or hybrid cable configurations 40A.2 Cabling configurations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1747<\/td>\n | Annex 40B (informative)Description of cable clamp <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1748<\/td>\n | 40B.1 Cable clamp validation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1751<\/td>\n | Annex 40C (informative)Add-on interface for additional Next Pages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1752<\/td>\n | 40C.1 State variables 40C.2 State diagrams 40C.2.1 Auto-Negotiation Transmit state machine add-on for 1000BASE-T <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1753<\/td>\n | 40C.2.2 Auto-Negotiation Receive state diagram add-on for 1000BASE-T <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1755<\/td>\n | Annex 43A (informative)Collection and Distribution functions 43A.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1756<\/td>\n | 43A.2 Port selection 43A.3 Dynamic reallocation of conversations to different ports <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1757<\/td>\n | 43A.4 Topology considerations in the choice of distribution algorithm <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1759<\/td>\n | Annex 43B (normative)Requirements for support of Slow Protocols 43B.1 Introduction and rationale 43B.2 Slow Protocol transmission characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1760<\/td>\n | 43B.3 Addressing 43B.4 Protocol identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1761<\/td>\n | 43B.5 Handling of Slow Protocol frames 43B.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 43B, Requirements for support of Slow Protocols[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this annex so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 43B.6.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1762<\/td>\n | 43B.6.2 Identification 43B.6.2.1 Implementation identification 43B.6.2.2 Protocol summary 43B.6.2.3 Transmission characteristics 43B.6.2.4 Frame handling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1763<\/td>\n | Annex 43C (informative)LACP standby link selection and dynamic Key management 43C.1 Introduction 43C.2 Goals 43C.3 Standby link selection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1764<\/td>\n | 43C.4 Dynamic Key management 43C.5 A dynamic Key management algorithm <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1766<\/td>\n | 43C.6 Example 1 43C.7 Example 2 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1768<\/td>\n | 44. Introduction to 10 Gb\/s baseband network 44.1 Overview 44.1.1 Scope 44.1.2 Objectives 44.1.3 Relationship of 10 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1769<\/td>\n | 44.1.4 Summary of 10 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 44.1.4.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) 44.1.4.2 XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1770<\/td>\n | 44.1.4.3 Management interface (MDIO\/MDC) 44.1.4.4 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1771<\/td>\n | 44.1.4.5 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 44.1.5 Management 44.2 State diagrams 44.3 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1773<\/td>\n | 44.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma 44.5 Relation of 10 Gigabit Ethernet to other standards 45. Management Data Input\/Output (MDIO) Interface 45.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1774<\/td>\n | 45.1.1 Summary of major concepts 45.1.2 Application <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1775<\/td>\n | 45.2 MDIO Interface Registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1777<\/td>\n | 45.2.1 PMA\/PMD registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1779<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.1 PMA\/PMD control 1 register (Register 1.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1780<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.1.1 Reset (1.0.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1781<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.1.2 Low power (1.0.11) 45.2.1.1.3 Speed selection (1.0.13,1.0.6, 1.0.5:2) 45.2.1.1.4 PMA loopback (1.0.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1782<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.2 PMA\/PMD status 1 register (Register 1.1) 45.2.1.2.1 Fault (1.1.7) 45.2.1.2.2 Receive link status (1.1.2) 45.2.1.2.3 Low-power ability (1.1.1) 45.2.1.3 PMA\/PMD device identifier (Registers 1.2 and 1.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1783<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.4 PMA\/PMD speed ability (Register 1.4) 45.2.1.4.1 10PASS-TS capable (1.4.2) 45.2.1.4.2 2BASE-TL capable (1.4.1) 45.2.1.4.3 10G capable (1.4.0) 45.2.1.5 PMA\/PMD devices in package (Registers 1.5 and 1.6) 45.2.1.6 10G PMA\/PMD control 2 register (Register 1.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1784<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.6.1 PMA\/PMD type selection (1.7.2:0) 45.2.1.7 10G PMA\/PMD status 2 register (Register 1.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1786<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.7.1 Device present (1.8.15:14) 45.2.1.7.2 Transmit fault ability (1.8.13) 45.2.1.7.3 Receive fault ability (1.8.12) 45.2.1.7.4 Transmit fault (1.8.11) 45.2.1.7.5 Receive fault (1.8.10) 45.2.1.7.6 PMA\/PMD extended abilities (1.8.9) 45.2.1.7.7 PMD transmit disable ability (1.8.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1787<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.7.8 10GBASE-SR ability (1.8.7) 45.2.1.7.9 10GBASE-LR ability (1.8.6) 45.2.1.7.10 10GBASE-ER ability (1.8.5) 45.2.1.7.11 10GBASE-LX4 ability (1.8.4) 45.2.1.7.12 10GBASE-SW ability (1.8.3) 45.2.1.7.13 10GBASE-LW ability (1.8.2) 45.2.1.7.14 10GBASE-EW ability (1.8.1) 45.2.1.7.15 PMA loopback ability (1.8.0) 45.2.1.8 10G PMD transmit disable register (Register 1.9) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1788<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.8.1 PMD transmit disable 3 (1.9.4) 45.2.1.8.2 PMD transmit disable 2 (1.9.3) 45.2.1.8.3 PMD transmit disable 1 (1.9.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1789<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.8.4 PMD transmit disable 0 (1.9.1) 45.2.1.8.5 Global PMD transmit disable (1.9.0) 45.2.1.9 10G PMD receive signal detect register (Register 1.10) 45.2.1.9.1 PMD receive signal detect 3 (1.10.4) 45.2.1.9.2 PMD receive signal detect 2 (1.10.3) 45.2.1.9.3 PMD receive signal detect 1 (1.10.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1790<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.9.4 PMD receive signal detect 0 (1.10.1) 45.2.1.9.5 Global PMD receive signal detect (1.10.0) 45.2.1.10 10G PMA\/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.11) 45.2.1.11 PMA\/PMD package identifier (Registers 1.14 and 1.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1791<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.12 10P\/2B PMA\/PMD control register (Register 1.30) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1793<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.12.1 PMA\/PMD link control (1.30.15) 45.2.1.12.2 STFU (1.30.14) 45.2.1.12.3 Silence time (1.30.13:8) 45.2.1.12.4 Port subtype select (1.30.7) 45.2.1.12.5 Handshake cleardown (1.30.6) 45.2.1.12.6 Ignore incoming handshake (1.30.5) 45.2.1.12.7 PMA\/PMD type selection (1.30.4:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1794<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.13 10P\/2B PMA\/PMD status register (Register 1.31) 45.2.1.13.1 Data rate (1.31.15:5) 45.2.1.13.2 CO supported (1.31.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1795<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.13.3 CPE supported (1.31.3) 45.2.1.13.4 PMA\/PMD link status (1.31.2:0) 45.2.1.14 Link partner PMA\/PMD control register (Register 1.32) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1796<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.14.1 Get link partner parameters (1.32.15) 45.2.1.14.2 Send link partner parameters (1.32.13) 45.2.1.15 Link partner PMA\/PMD status register (Register 1.33) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1797<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.15.1 Get link partner result (1.33.14) 45.2.1.15.2 Send link partner result (1.33.12) 45.2.1.16 10P\/2B PMA\/PMD link loss register (Register 1.36) 45.2.1.17 10P\/2B RX SNR margin register (Register 1.37) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1798<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.18 10P\/2B link partner RX SNR margin register (Register 1.38) 45.2.1.19 10P\/2B line attenuation register (Register 1.39) 45.2.1.20 10P\/2B link partner line attenuation register (Register 1.40) 45.2.1.21 10P\/2B line quality thresholds register (Register 1.41) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1799<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.21.1 Loop attenuation threshold (1.41.15:8) 45.2.1.21.2 SNR margin threshold (1.41.7:4) 45.2.1.22 2B link partner line quality thresholds register (Register 1.42) 45.2.1.23 10P FEC correctable errors counter (Register 1.43) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1800<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.24 10P FEC uncorrectable errors counter (Register 1.44) 45.2.1.25 10P link partner FEC correctable errors register (Register 1.45) 45.2.1.26 10P link partner FEC uncorrectable errors register (Register 1.46) 45.2.1.27 10P electrical length register (Register 1.47) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1801<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.27.1 Electrical length (1.47.15:0) 45.2.1.28 10P link partner electrical length register (Register 1.48) 45.2.1.29 10P PMA\/PMD general configuration register (Register 1.49) 45.2.1.29.1 TX window length (1.49.7:0) 45.2.1.30 10P PSD configuration register (Register 1.50) 45.2.1.30.1 PBO disable (1.50.8) 45.2.1.31 10P downstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.51, 1.52) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1802<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.32 10P downstream Reed-Solomon configuration (Register 1.53) 45.2.1.32.1 RS codeword length (1.53.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1803<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.33 10P upstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.54, 1.55) 45.2.1.34 10P upstream 10P upstream Reed-Solomon configuration register (Register 1.56) 45.2.1.34.1 RS codeword length (1.56.0) 45.2.1.35 10P tone group registers (Registers 1.57, 1.58) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1804<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.36 10P tone control parameters (Registers 1.59, 1.60, 1.61, 1.62, 1.63) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1805<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.36.1 Tone active (1.59.15) 45.2.1.36.2 Tone direction (1.59.14) 45.2.1.36.3 Max SNR margin (1.59.13:5) 45.2.1.36.4 Target SNR margin (1.60.8:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1806<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.36.5 Minimum SNR margin (1.61.8:0) 45.2.1.36.6 PSD level (1.62.8:0) 45.2.1.36.7 USPBO reference (1.63.8:0) 45.2.1.37 10P tone control action register (Register 1.64) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1807<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.37.1 Refresh tone status (1.64.5) 45.2.1.37.2 Change tone activity (1.64.4) 45.2.1.37.3 Change tone direction (1.64.3) 45.2.1.37.4 Change SNR margin (1.64.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1808<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.37.5 Change PSD level (1.64.1) 45.2.1.37.6 Change USPBO reference PSD (1.64.0) 45.2.1.38 10P tone status registers (Registers 1.65, 1.66, 1.67) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1809<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.38.1 Refresh status (1.65.15) 45.2.1.38.2 Active (1.65.14) 45.2.1.38.3 Direction (1.65.13) 45.2.1.38.4 RX PSD (1.65.7:0) 45.2.1.38.5 TX PSD (1.66.15:8) 45.2.1.38.6 Bit load (1.66.7:3) 45.2.1.38.7 SNR margin (1.67.9:0) 45.2.1.39 10P outgoing indicator bits status register (Register 1.68) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1810<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.39.1 LoM (1.68.8) 45.2.1.39.2 lpr (1.68.7) 45.2.1.39.3 po (1.68.6) 45.2.1.39.4 Rdi (1.68.5) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1811<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.39.5 los (1.68.4) 45.2.1.39.6 fec-s (1.68.1) 45.2.1.39.7 be-s (1.68.0) 45.2.1.40 10P incoming indicator bits status register (Register 1.69) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1812<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.40.1 LoM (1.69.8) 45.2.1.40.2 Flpr (1.69.7) 45.2.1.40.3 Fpo (1.69.6) 45.2.1.40.4 Rdi (1.69.5) 45.2.1.40.5 Flos (1.69.4) 45.2.1.40.6 Ffec-s (1.69.1) 45.2.1.40.7 Febe-s (1.69.0) 45.2.1.41 10P cyclic extension configuration register (Register 1.70) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1813<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.42 10P attainable downstream data rate register (Register 1.71) 45.2.1.43 2B general parameter register (Register 1.80) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1814<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.43.1 PMMS target margin (1.80.14:10) 45.2.1.43.2 Line probing control (1.80.9) 45.2.1.43.3 Noise environment (1.80.8) 45.2.1.43.4 Region (1.80.1:0) 45.2.1.44 2B PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.81 through 1.88) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1817<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.44.1 Minimum data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 14:8) 45.2.1.44.2 Max data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 6:0) 45.2.1.44.3 Data rate step (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 13:7) 45.2.1.44.4 Power (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 6:2) 45.2.1.44.5 Constellation (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 1:0) 45.2.1.45 2B code violation errors counter (Register 1.89) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1818<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.46 2B link partner code violations register (Register 1.90) 45.2.1.47 2B errored seconds counter (Register 1.91) 45.2.1.48 2B link partner errored seconds register (Register 1.92) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1819<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.49 2B severely errored seconds counter (Register 1.93) 45.2.1.50 2B link partner severely errored seconds register (Register 1.94) 45.2.1.51 2B LOSW counter (Register 1.95) 45.2.1.52 2B link partner LOSW register (Register 1.96) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1820<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.53 2B unavailable seconds counter (Register 1.97) 45.2.1.54 2B link partner unavailable seconds register (Register 1.98) 45.2.1.55 2B state defects register (Register 1.99) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1821<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.55.1 Segment defect (1.99.15) 45.2.1.55.2 SNR margin defect (1.99.14) 45.2.1.55.3 Loop attenuation defect (1.99.13) 45.2.1.55.4 Loss of sync word (1.99.12) 45.2.1.56 2B link partner state defects register (Register 1.100) 45.2.1.57 2B negotiated constellation register (Register 1.101) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1822<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.57.1 Negotiated constellation (1.101.1:0) 45.2.1.58 2B extended PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.102 through 1.109) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1824<\/td>\n | 45.2.1.58.1 Minimum data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 14:8) 45.2.1.58.2 Max data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 6:0) 45.2.1.58.3 Data rate step (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 13:7) 45.2.1.58.4 Power (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 6:2) 45.2.1.58.5 Constellation (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 1:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1825<\/td>\n | 45.2.2 WIS registers 45.2.2.1 WIS control 1 register (Register 2.0) 45.2.2.1.1 Reset (2.0.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1826<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.1.2 Loopback (2.0.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1827<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.1.3 Low power (2.0.11) 45.2.2.1.4 Speed selection (2.0.13, 2.0.6, and 2.0.5:2) 45.2.2.2 WIS status 1 register (Register 2.1) 45.2.2.2.1 Fault (2.1.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1828<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.2.2 Link status (2.1.2) 45.2.2.2.3 Low-power ability (2.1.1) 45.2.2.3 WIS device identifier (Registers 2.2 and 2.3) 45.2.2.4 WIS speed ability (Register 2.4) 45.2.2.4.1 10G capable (2.4.0) 45.2.2.5 WIS devices in package (Registers 2.5 and 2.6) 45.2.2.6 10G WIS control 2 register (Register 2.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1829<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.6.1 PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (2.7.5) 45.2.2.6.2 PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.4) 45.2.2.6.3 Test-pattern selection (2.7.3) 45.2.2.6.4 Receive test-pattern enable (2.7.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1830<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.6.5 Transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.1) 45.2.2.6.6 PCS type selection (2.7.0) 45.2.2.7 10G WIS status 2 register (Register 2.8) 45.2.2.7.1 Device present (2.8.15:14) 45.2.2.7.2 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (2.8.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1831<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.7.3 10GBASE-R ability (2.8.0) 45.2.2.8 10G WIS test-pattern error counter register (Register 2.9) 45.2.2.9 WIS package identifier (Registers 2.14 and 2.15) 45.2.2.10 10G WIS status 3 register (Register 2.33) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1832<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.10.1 SEF (2.33.11) 45.2.2.10.2 Far end PLM-P\/LCD-P (2.33.10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1833<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.10.3 Far end AIS-P\/LOP-P (2.33.9) 45.2.2.10.4 LOF (2.33.7) 45.2.2.10.5 LOS (2.33.6) 45.2.2.10.6 RDI-L (2.33.5) 45.2.2.10.7 AIS-L (2.33.4) 45.2.2.10.8 LCD-P (2.33.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1834<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.10.9 PLM-P (2.33.2) 45.2.2.10.10 AIS-P (2.33.1) 45.2.2.10.11 LOP-P (2.33.0) 45.2.2.11 10G WIS far end path block error count (Register 2.37) 45.2.2.12 10G WIS J1 transmit (Registers 2.39 through 2.46) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1835<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.13 10G WIS J1 receive (Registers 2.47 through 2.54) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1836<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.14 10G WIS far end line BIP errors (Registers 2.55 and 2.56) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1837<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.15 10G WIS line BIP errors (Registers 2.57 and 2.58) 45.2.2.16 10G WIS path block error count (Register 2.59) 45.2.2.16.1 Path block error count (2.59.15:0) 45.2.2.17 10G WIS section BIP error count (Register 2.60) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1838<\/td>\n | 45.2.2.17.1 Section BIP error count (2.60.15:0) 45.2.2.18 10G WIS J0 transmit (Registers 2.64 through 2.71) 45.2.2.19 10G WIS J0 receive (Registers 2.72 through 2.79) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1839<\/td>\n | 45.2.3 PCS registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1840<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.1 PCS control 1 register (Register 3.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1841<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.1.1 Reset (3.0.15) 45.2.3.1.2 Loopback (3.0.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1842<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.1.3 Low power (3.0.11) 45.2.3.1.4 Speed selection (3.0.13, 3.0.6, 3.0.5:2) 45.2.3.2 PCS status 1 register (Register 3.1) 45.2.3.2.1 Fault (3.1.7) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1843<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.2.2 PCS receive link status (3.1.2) 45.2.3.2.3 Low-power ability (3.1.1) 45.2.3.3 PCS device identifier (Registers 3.2 and 3.3) 45.2.3.4 PCS speed ability (Register 3.4) 45.2.3.4.1 10G capable (3.4.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1844<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.4.2 10PASS-TS\/2BASE-TL capable 45.2.3.5 PCS devices in package (Registers 3.5 and 3.6) 45.2.3.6 10G PCS control 2 register (Register 3.7) 45.2.3.6.1 PCS type selection (3.7.1:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1845<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.7 10G PCS status 2 register (Register 3.8) 45.2.3.7.1 Device present (3.8.15:14) 45.2.3.7.2 Transmit fault (3.8.11) 45.2.3.7.3 Receive fault (3.8.10) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1846<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.7.4 10GBASE-W capable (3.8.2) 45.2.3.7.5 10GBASE-X capable (3.8.1) 45.2.3.7.6 10GBASE-R capable (3.8.0) 45.2.3.8 PCS package identifier (Registers 3.14 and 3.15) 45.2.3.9 10GBASE-X PCS status register (Register 3.24) 45.2.3.9.1 10GBASE-X receive lane alignment status (3.24.12) 45.2.3.9.2 Pattern testing ability (3.24.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1847<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.9.3 Lane 3 sync (3.24.3) 45.2.3.9.4 Lane 2 sync (3.24.2) 45.2.3.9.5 Lane 1 sync (3.24.1) 45.2.3.9.6 Lane 0 sync (3.24.0) 45.2.3.10 10GBASE-X PCS test control register (Register 3.25) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1848<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.10.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.25.2) 45.2.3.10.2 Test pattern select (3.25.1:0) 45.2.3.11 10GBASE-R PCS status 1 register (Register 3.32) 45.2.3.11.1 10GBASE-R receive link status (3.32.12) 45.2.3.11.2 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (3.32.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1849<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.11.3 10GBASE-R PCS high BER (3.32.1) 45.2.3.11.4 10GBASE-R PCS block lock (3.32.0) 45.2.3.12 10GBASE-R PCS status 2 register (Register 3.33) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1850<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.12.1 Latched block lock (3.33.15) 45.2.3.12.2 Latched high BER (3.33.14) 45.2.3.12.3 BER(3.33.13:8) 45.2.3.12.4 Errored blocks (3.33.7:0) 45.2.3.13 10GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed A (Registers 3.34 through 3.37) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1851<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.14 10GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed B (Registers 3.38 through 3.41) 45.2.3.15 10GBASE-R PCS test-pattern control register (Register 3.42) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1852<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.15.1 PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (3.42.5) 45.2.3.15.2 PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.4) 45.2.3.15.3 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.3) 45.2.3.15.4 Receive test-pattern enable (3.42.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1853<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.15.5 Test-pattern select (3.42.1) 45.2.3.15.6 Data pattern select (3.42.0) 45.2.3.16 10GBASE-R PCS test-pattern error counter register (Register 3.43) 45.2.3.17 10P\/2B capability register (3.60) 45.2.3.17.1 PAF available (3.60.12) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1854<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.17.2 Remote PAF supported (3.60.11) 45.2.3.18 10P\/2B PCS control register (Register 3.61) 45.2.3.18.1 MII receive during transmit (3.61.15) 45.2.3.18.2 TX_EN and CRS infer a collision (3.61.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1855<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.18.3 PAF enable (3.61.0) 45.2.3.19 10P\/2B PME available (Registers 3.62 and 3.63) 45.2.3.20 10P\/2B PME aggregate registers (Registers 3.64 and 3.65) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1856<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.21 10P\/2B PAF RX error register (Register 3.66) 45.2.3.22 10P\/2B PAF small fragments register (Register 3.67) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1857<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.23 10P\/2B PAF large fragments register (Register 3.68) 45.2.3.24 10P\/2B PAF overflow register (Register 3.69) 45.2.3.25 10P\/2B PAF bad fragments register (Register 3.70) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1858<\/td>\n | 45.2.3.26 10P\/2B PAF lost fragments register (Register 3.71) 45.2.3.27 10P\/2B PAF lost starts of fragments register (Register 3.72) 45.2.3.28 10P\/2B PAF lost ends of fragments register (Register 3.73) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1859<\/td>\n | 45.2.4 PHY XS registers 45.2.4.1 PHY XS control 1 register (Register 4.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1860<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.1.1 Reset (4.0.15) 45.2.4.1.2 Loopback (4.0.14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1861<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.1.3 Low power (4.0.11) 45.2.4.1.4 Speed selection (4.0.13, 4.0.6, 4.0.5:2) 45.2.4.2 PHY XS status 1 register (Register 4.1) 45.2.4.2.1 Fault (4.1.7) 45.2.4.2.2 PHY XS transmit link status (4.1.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1862<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.2.3 Low-power ability (4.1.1) 45.2.4.3 PHY XS device identifier (Registers 4.2 and 4.3) 45.2.4.4 PHY XS speed ability (Register 4.4) 45.2.4.4.1 10G capable (4.4.0) 45.2.4.5 PHY XS devices in package (Registers 4.5 and 4.6) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1863<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.6 PHY XS status 2 register (Register 4.8) 45.2.4.6.1 Device present (4.8.15:14) 45.2.4.6.2 ransmit fault (4.8.11) 45.2.4.6.3 Receive fault (4.8.10) 45.2.4.7 PHY XS package identifier (Registers 4.14 and 4.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1864<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.8 10G PHY XGXS lane status register (Register 4.24) 45.2.4.8.1 PHY XGXS transmit lane alignment status (4.24.12) 45.2.4.8.2 Pattern testing ability (4.24.11) 45.2.4.8.3 PHY XS loopback ability (4.24.10) 45.2.4.8.4 Lane 3 sync (4.24.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1865<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.8.5 Lane 2 sync (4.24.2) 45.2.4.8.6 Lane 1 sync (4.24.1) 45.2.4.8.7 Lane 0 sync (4.24.0) 45.2.4.9 10G PHY XGXS test control register (Register 4.25) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1866<\/td>\n | 45.2.4.9.1 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern enable (4.25.2) 45.2.4.9.2 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern select (4.25.1:0) 45.2.5 DTE XS registers 45.2.5.1 DTE XS control 1 register (Register 5.0) 45.2.5.1.1 Reset (5.0.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1867<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.1.2 Loopback (5.0.14) 45.2.5.1.3 Low power (5.0.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1868<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.1.4 Speed selection (5.0.13, 5.0.6, 5.0.5:2) 45.2.5.2 DTE XS status 1 register (Register 5.1) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1869<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.2.1 Fault (5.1.7) 45.2.5.2.2 DTE XS receive link status (5.1.2) 45.2.5.2.3 Low-power ability (5.1.1) 45.2.5.3 DTE XS device identifier (Registers 5.2 and 5.3) 45.2.5.4 DTE XS speed ability (Register 5.4) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1870<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.4.1 10G capable (5.4.0) 45.2.5.5 DTE XS devices in package (Registers 5.5 and 5.6) 45.2.5.6 DTE XS status 2 register (Register 5.8) 45.2.5.6.1 Device present (5.8.15:14) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1871<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.6.2 Transmit fault (5.8.11) 45.2.5.6.3 Receive fault (5.8.10) 45.2.5.7 DTE XS package identifier (Registers 5.14 and 5.15) 45.2.5.8 10G DTE XGXS lane status register (Register 5.24) 45.2.5.8.1 DTE XGXS receive lane alignment status (5.24.12) 45.2.5.8.2 Pattern testing ability (5.24.11) 45.2.5.8.3 Lane 3 sync (5.24.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1872<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.8.4 Lane 2 sync (5.24.2) 45.2.5.8.5 Lane 1 sync (5.24.1) 45.2.5.8.6 Lane 0 sync (5.24.0) 45.2.5.9 10G DTE XGXS test control register (Register 5.25) 45.2.5.9.1 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern enable (5.25.2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1873<\/td>\n | 45.2.5.9.2 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern select (5.25.1:0) 45.2.6 TC registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1874<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.1 TC control register (Register 6.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1875<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.1.1 Reset (6.0.15) 45.2.6.1.2 Speed selection (6.0.13, 6.0.6, 6.0.5:2) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1876<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.2 TC device identifier (Registers 6.2 and 6.3) 45.2.6.3 TC speed ability (Register 6.4) 45.2.6.3.1 10PASS-TS\/2BASE-TL capable (6.4.1) 45.2.6.4 TC devices in package registers (Registers 6.5, 6.6) 45.2.6.5 TC package identifier registers (Registers 6.14, 6.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1877<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.6 10P\/2B aggregation discovery control register (Register 6.16) 45.2.6.6.1 Discovery operation (6.16.1:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1878<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.7 10P\/2B aggregation and discovery status register (Register 6.17) 45.2.6.7.1 Link partner aggregate operation result (6.17.1) 45.2.6.7.2 Discovery operation result (6.17.0) 45.2.6.8 10P\/2B aggregation discovery code (Registers 6.18, 6.19, 6.20) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1879<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.9 10P\/2B link partner PME aggregate control register (Register 6.21) 45.2.6.9.1 Link partner aggregate operation (1.21.1:0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1880<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.10 10P\/2B link partner PME aggregate data (Registers 6.22, 6.23) 45.2.6.11 10P\/2B TC CRC error register (Register 6.24) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1881<\/td>\n | 45.2.6.12 10P\/2B TPS-TC coding violations counter (Registers 6.25, 6.26) 45.2.6.13 10P\/2B TC indications register (Register 6.27) 45.2.6.13.1 Local TC synchronized (6.27.8) 45.2.6.13.2 Remote TC synchronized (6.27.0) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1882<\/td>\n | 45.2.7 Clause 22 extension registers 45.2.7.1 Clause 22 extension devices in package registers (Registers 29.5, 29.6) 45.2.7.2 FEC capability register (Register 29.7) 45.2.7.2.1 FEC capable (29.7.0) 45.2.7.3 FEC control register (Register 29.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1883<\/td>\n | 45.2.7.3.1 FEC enable (29.8.0) 45.2.7.4 FEC buffer head coding violation counter (Register 29.9) 45.2.7.5 FEC corrected blocks counter (Register 29.10) 45.2.7.6 FEC uncorrected blocks counter (Register 29.11) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1884<\/td>\n | 45.2.8 Vendor specific MMD 1 registers 45.2.8.1 Vendor specific MMD 1 device identifier (Registers 30.2 and 30.3) 45.2.8.2 Vendor specific MMD 1 status register (Register 30.8) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1885<\/td>\n | 45.2.8.2.1 Device present (30.8.15:14) 45.2.8.3 Vendor specific MMD 1 package identifier (Registers 30.14 and 30.15) 45.2.9 Vendor specific MMD 2 registers 45.2.9.1 Vendor specific MMD 2 device identifier (Registers 31.2 and 31.3) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1886<\/td>\n | 45.2.9.2 Vendor specific MMD 2 status register (Register 31.8) 45.2.9.2.1 Device present (31.8.15:14) 45.2.9.3 Vendor specific MMD 2 package identifier (Registers 31.14 and 31.15) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1887<\/td>\n | 45.3 Management frame structure 45.3.1 IDLE (idle condition) 45.3.2 PRE (preamble) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1888<\/td>\n | 45.3.3 ST (start of frame) 45.3.4 OP (operation code) 45.3.5 PRTAD (port address) 45.3.6 DEVAD (device address) 45.3.7 TA (turnaround) 45.3.8 ADDRESS \/ DATA 45.4 Electrical interface 45.4.1 Electrical specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1889<\/td>\n | 45.4.2 Timing specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1890<\/td>\n | 45.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 45, MDIO interface[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 45.5.1 Introduction 45.5.2 Identification 45.5.2.1 Implementation identification 45.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1891<\/td>\n | 45.5.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 45.5.3 PICS proforma tables for the Management Data Input Output (MDIO) interface 45.5.3.1 MDIO signal functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1892<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.2 PMA\/PMD MMD options 45.5.3.3 PMA\/PMD management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1900<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.4 WIS options 45.5.3.5 WIS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1904<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.6 PCS options 45.5.3.7 PCS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1910<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.8 PHY XS options 45.5.3.9 PHY XS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1912<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.10 DTE XS options 45.5.3.11 DTE XS management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1915<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.12 Vendor specific MMD 1 management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1916<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.13 Vendor specific MMD 2 management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1917<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.14 Management frame structure 45.5.3.15 TC management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1919<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.16 Clause 22 extension options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1920<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.17 Clause 22 extension management functions 45.5.3.18 Signal timing characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1921<\/td>\n | 45.5.3.19 Electrical characteristics 46. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) 46.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1922<\/td>\n | 46.1.1 Summary of major concepts 46.1.2 Application <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1923<\/td>\n | 46.1.3 Rate of operation 46.1.4 Delay constraints 46.1.5 Allocation of functions 46.1.6 XGMII structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1924<\/td>\n | 46.1.7 Mapping of XGMII signals to PLS service primitives 46.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 46.1.7.1.1 Function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1925<\/td>\n | 46.1.7.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 46.1.7.1.3 When generated 46.1.7.1.4 Effect of receipt 46.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 46.1.7.2.1 Function 46.1.7.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 46.1.7.2.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1926<\/td>\n | 46.1.7.2.4 Effect of receipt 46.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 46.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 46.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 46.1.7.5.1 Function 46.1.7.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive 46.1.7.5.3 When generated 46.1.7.5.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1927<\/td>\n | 46.2 XGMII data stream 46.2.1 Inter-frame 46.2.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1928<\/td>\n | 46.2.3 Data 46.2.4 End of frame delimiter 46.2.5 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters 46.3 XGMII functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1929<\/td>\n | 46.3.1 Transmit 46.3.1.1 TX_CLK (10 Gb\/s transmit clock) 46.3.1.2 TXC (transmit control) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1930<\/td>\n | 46.3.1.3 TXD (transmit data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1931<\/td>\n | 46.3.1.4 Start control character alignment <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1932<\/td>\n | 46.3.2 Receive 46.3.2.1 RX_CLK (receive clock) 46.3.2.2 RXC (receive control) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1933<\/td>\n | 46.3.2.3 RXD (receive data) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1934<\/td>\n | 46.3.3 Error and fault handling 46.3.3.1 Response to error indications by the XGMII 46.3.3.2 Conditions for generation of transmit Error control characters 46.3.3.3 Response to received invalid frame sequences <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1935<\/td>\n | 46.3.4 Link fault signaling 46.3.4.1 Conventions 46.3.4.2 Variables and counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1936<\/td>\n | 46.3.4.3 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1937<\/td>\n | 46.4 XGMII electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1939<\/td>\n | 46.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 46, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 46.5.1 Introduction 46.5.2 Identification 46.5.2.1 Implementation identification 46.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1940<\/td>\n | 46.5.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 46.5.3 PICS proforma Tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface 46.5.3.1 General <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1941<\/td>\n | 46.5.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1943<\/td>\n | 46.5.3.3 Data stream structure 46.5.3.4 XGMII signal functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1945<\/td>\n | 46.5.3.5 Link fault signaling state machine 46.5.3.6 Electrical characteristics 47. XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) 47.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1946<\/td>\n | 47.1.1 Summary of major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1947<\/td>\n | 47.1.2 Application 47.1.3 Rate of operation 47.1.4 Allocation of functions 47.2 Functional specifications 47.2.1 PCS and PMA functionality <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1948<\/td>\n | 47.2.2 Delay constraints 47.3 XAUI Electrical characteristics 47.3.1 Signal levels 47.3.2 Signal paths 47.3.3 Driver characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1949<\/td>\n | 47.3.3.1 Load 47.3.3.2 Amplitude and swing 47.3.3.3 Transition time <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1950<\/td>\n | 47.3.3.4 Output impedance 47.3.3.5 Driver template and jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1951<\/td>\n | 47.3.4 Receiver characteristics 47.3.4.1 Bit error ratio 47.3.4.2 Reference input signals 47.3.4.3 Input signal amplitude 47.3.4.4 AC coupling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1952<\/td>\n | 47.3.4.5 Input impedance 47.3.4.6 Jitter tolerance 47.3.5 Interconnect characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1953<\/td>\n | 47.3.5.1 Characteristic impedance 47.3.5.2 Connector impedance 47.4 Electrical measurement requirements 47.4.1 Compliance interconnect definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1954<\/td>\n | 47.4.2 Eye template measurements 47.4.3 Jitter test requirements 47.4.3.1 Transmit jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1955<\/td>\n | 47.4.3.2 Jitter tolerance 47.5 Environmental specifications 47.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 47, XGMII Extender (XGMII) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 47.6.1 Introduction 47.6.2 Identification 47.6.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1956<\/td>\n | 47.6.2.2 Protocol summary 47.6.3 Major capabilities\/options 47.6.4 PICS Proforma tables for XGXS and XAUI 47.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 47.6.4.2 XGXS and XAUI functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1957<\/td>\n | 47.6.4.3 Electrical characteristics 48. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 48.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1958<\/td>\n | 48.1.1 Objectives 48.1.2 Relationship of 10GBASE-X to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1959<\/td>\n | 48.1.3 Summary of 10GBASE-X sublayers 48.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1960<\/td>\n | 48.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 48.1.3.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 48.1.4 Rate of operation 48.1.5 Allocation of functions 48.1.6 Inter-sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1961<\/td>\n | 48.1.7 Functional block diagram 48.1.8 Special symbols 48.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 48.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1962<\/td>\n | 48.2.2 Functions within the PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1963<\/td>\n | 48.2.3 Use of code-groups <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1964<\/td>\n | 48.2.4 Ordered_sets and special code-groups 48.2.4.1 Data (\/D\/) 48.2.4.2 Idle (\u2016I\u2016) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1966<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.2.1 Sync \u2016K\u2016 48.2.4.2.2 Align \u2016A\u2016 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1967<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.2.3 Skip \u2016R\u2016 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1968<\/td>\n | 48.2.4.3 Encapsulation 48.2.4.3.1 Start \u2016S\u2016 48.2.4.3.2 Terminate \u2016T\u2016 48.2.4.4 Error \/E\/ 48.2.4.5 Link status 48.2.4.5.1 Sequence \u2016Q\u2016 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1969<\/td>\n | 48.2.5 Management function requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1970<\/td>\n | 48.2.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 48.2.6.1 State variables 48.2.6.1.1 Notation conventions 48.2.6.1.2 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1971<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1974<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1975<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.1.5 Counters 48.2.6.1.6 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1976<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.2 State diagrams 48.2.6.2.1 Transmit <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1977<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.2.2 Synchronization 48.2.6.2.3 Deskew <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1980<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.2.4 Receive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1981<\/td>\n | 48.2.6.3 Initialization process 48.2.6.4 Link status reporting 48.2.6.4.1 Link status detection 48.2.6.4.2 Link status signaling 48.2.6.4.3 Link status messages 48.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1982<\/td>\n | 48.3.1 Functions within the PMA 48.3.1.1 PMA transmit process 48.3.1.2 PMA receive process 48.3.2 Service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1983<\/td>\n | 48.3.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request 48.3.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 48.3.2.1.2 When generated 48.3.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 48.3.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 48.3.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 48.3.2.2.2 When generated 48.3.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 48.3.3 Loopback mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1984<\/td>\n | 48.3.3.1 Receiver considerations 48.3.3.2 Transmitter considerations 48.3.4 Test functions 48.4 Compatibility considerations 48.5 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1985<\/td>\n | 48.6 Environmental specifications 48.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 48.7.1 Introduction 48.7.2 Identification 48.7.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1986<\/td>\n | 48.7.2.2 Protocol summary 48.7.3 Major capabilities\/options 48.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 48.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1987<\/td>\n | 48.7.4.2 PCS functions 48.7.4.3 PMA Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1988<\/td>\n | 48.7.4.4 Interface functions 49. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B\/66B, type 10GBASE-R 49.1 Overview 49.1.1 Scope 49.1.2 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1989<\/td>\n | 49.1.3 Relationship of 10GBASE-R to other standards 49.1.4 Summary of 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers 49.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1990<\/td>\n | 49.1.4.2 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS) 49.1.4.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 49.1.4.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 49.1.4.5 Bit ordering across 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1991<\/td>\n | 49.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces 49.1.6 Functional block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1992<\/td>\n | 49.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 49.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 49.2.2 Functions within the PCS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1993<\/td>\n | 49.2.3 Use of blocks 49.2.4 64B\/66B transmission code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1994<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.1 Notation conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1995<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.2 Transmission order 49.2.4.3 Block structure 49.2.4.4 Control codes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1996<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.5 Ordered sets 49.2.4.6 Valid and invalid blocks 49.2.4.7 Idle (\/I\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1997<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.8 Start (\/S\/) 49.2.4.9 Terminate (\/T\/) 49.2.4.10 ordered_set (\/O\/) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1998<\/td>\n | 49.2.4.11 Error (\/E\/) 49.2.5 Transmit process 49.2.6 Scrambler <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 1999<\/td>\n | 49.2.7 Gearbox 49.2.8 Test-pattern generators <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2000<\/td>\n | 49.2.9 Block synchronization 49.2.10 Descrambler <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2001<\/td>\n | 49.2.11 Receive process 49.2.12 Test-pattern checker <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2002<\/td>\n | 49.2.13 Detailed functions and state diagrams 49.2.13.1 State diagram conventions 49.2.13.2 State variables 49.2.13.2.1 Constants 49.2.13.2.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2003<\/td>\n | 49.2.13.2.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2004<\/td>\n | 49.2.13.2.4 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2005<\/td>\n | 49.2.13.2.5 Timers 49.2.13.3 State diagrams 49.2.14 PCS Management 49.2.14.1 Status 49.2.14.2 Counters <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2006<\/td>\n | 49.2.14.3 Test mode control 49.2.14.4 Loopback 49.2.15 Delay constraints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2009<\/td>\n | 49.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 49, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) type 10GBASE-R[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 49.3.1 Introduction 49.3.2 Identification 49.3.2.1 Implementation identification 49.3.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2010<\/td>\n | 49.3.3 Major Capabilities\/Options 49.3.4 PICS Proforma Tables for PCS, type 10GBASE-R 49.3.4.1 Coding rules 49.3.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2011<\/td>\n | 49.3.5 Test-pattern modes 49.3.5.1 Bit order 49.3.6 Management <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2012<\/td>\n | 49.3.6.1 State Machines 49.3.6.2 WIS 49.3.6.3 Loopback 49.3.6.4 Delay Constraints 50. WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 50.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2013<\/td>\n | 50.1.1 Scope 50.1.2 Objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2014<\/td>\n | 50.1.3 Relationship to other sublayers 50.1.4 Summary of functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2015<\/td>\n | 50.1.5 Sublayer interfaces 50.1.6 Functional block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2016<\/td>\n | 50.1.7 Notational conventions 50.2 WIS Service Interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2017<\/td>\n | 50.2.1 WIS_UNITDATA.request 50.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 50.2.1.2 When generated 50.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 50.2.2 WIS_UNITDATA.indication 50.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2018<\/td>\n | 50.2.2.2 When generated 50.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 50.2.3 WIS_SIGNAL.request 50.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 50.2.3.2 When generated 50.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 50.2.4 WIS_SIGNAL.indication 50.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2019<\/td>\n | 50.2.4.2 When generated 50.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 50.3 Functions within the WIS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2020<\/td>\n | 50.3.1 Payload mapping and data-unit delineation 50.3.1.1 Transmit payload mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2021<\/td>\n | 50.3.1.2 Receive payload mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2022<\/td>\n | 50.3.2 WIS frame generation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2023<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.1 Transmit Path Overhead insertion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2024<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.2 Transmit Line Overhead insertion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2025<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.3 Transmit Section Overhead insertion <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2026<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.4 Receive Path, Line, and Section Overhead extraction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2027<\/td>\n | 50.3.2.5 Fault processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2028<\/td>\n | 50.3.3 Scrambling 50.3.3.1 Scrambler polynomial 50.3.3.2 Scrambler bit ordering <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2029<\/td>\n | 50.3.4 Octet and frame delineation 50.3.5 Error propagation 50.3.5.1 Propagated errors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2030<\/td>\n | 50.3.5.2 Error propagation timing 50.3.5.3 Loss of Code-group Delineation 50.3.6 Mapping between WIS and PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2031<\/td>\n | 50.3.7 WIS data delay constraints 50.3.8 WIS test-pattern generator and checker <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2032<\/td>\n | 50.3.8.1 Square wave test pattern 50.3.8.2 PRBS31 test pattern 50.3.8.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2033<\/td>\n | 50.3.8.3.1 Test Signal Structure (TSS) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2034<\/td>\n | 50.3.8.3.2 Continuous Identical Digits <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2035<\/td>\n | 50.3.9 Loopback 50.3.10 Link status 50.3.11 Management interface 50.3.11.1 Management registers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2036<\/td>\n | 50.3.11.2 WIS managed object class 50.3.11.3 Management support objects 50.4 Synchronization state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2037<\/td>\n | 50.4.1 State diagram variables 50.4.1.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2038<\/td>\n | 50.4.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2039<\/td>\n | 50.4.1.3 Functions 50.4.1.4 Counters 50.4.2 State diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2041<\/td>\n | 50.4.3 Parameter values 50.5 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2042<\/td>\n | 50.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 50, WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 50.6.1 Introduction 50.6.2 Identification 50.6.2.1 Implementation identification 50.6.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2043<\/td>\n | 50.6.3 Major capabilities\/options 50.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 50.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 50.6.4.2 WIS transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2044<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.3 WIS receive functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2046<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.4 State diagrams 50.6.4.5 Error notification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2047<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.6 Management registers and functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2048<\/td>\n | 50.6.4.7 WIS test-pattern generator and checker 51. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial 51.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2049<\/td>\n | 51.1.1 Scope 51.1.2 Summary of functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2050<\/td>\n | 51.2 PMA Service Interface 51.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request 51.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 51.2.1.2 When generated 51.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 51.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 51.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2051<\/td>\n | 51.2.2.2 When generated 51.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 51.2.3 PMA_SIGNAL.indication 51.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 51.2.3.2 When generated 51.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 51.3 Functions within the PMA 51.3.1 PMA transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2052<\/td>\n | 51.3.2 PMA receive function 51.3.3 Delay Constraints 51.4 Sixteen-Bit Interface (XSBI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2054<\/td>\n | 51.4.1 Required signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2056<\/td>\n | 51.4.2 Optional Signals 51.5 General electrical characteristics of the XSBI 51.5.1 DC characteristics 51.5.2 Valid signal levels 51.5.3 Rise and fall time definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2057<\/td>\n | 51.5.4 Output load 51.6 XSBI transmit interface electrical characteristics 51.6.1 XSBI transmit interface timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2058<\/td>\n | 51.6.1.1 PMA client output timing 51.6.1.2 PMA input timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2059<\/td>\n | 51.6.2 XSBI PMA_TX_CLK and PMA_TXCLK_SRC Specification 51.7 XSBI receive interface electrical characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2060<\/td>\n | 51.7.1 XSBI receive interface timing 51.7.1.1 PMA output timing 51.7.1.2 PMA client input timing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2061<\/td>\n | 51.7.2 XSBI PMA_RX_CLK specification 51.8 PMA loopback mode (optional) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2062<\/td>\n | 51.9 Environmental specifications 51.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 51, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 51.10.1 Introduction 51.10.2 Identification 51.10.2.1 Implementation identification 51.10.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2063<\/td>\n | 51.10.3 Major capabilities\/options 51.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the PMA Interface Sublayer, type Serial 51.10.4.1 Compatibility considerations 51.10.4.2 PMA transmit functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2064<\/td>\n | 51.10.4.3 PMA receive functions 51.10.4.4 PMA delay constraints 52. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (Short Wavelength Serial), 10GBASE-L (Long Wavelength Serial), and 10GBASE-E (Extra Long Wavelength Serial) 52.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2065<\/td>\n | 52.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2066<\/td>\n | 52.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 52.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 52.1.1.1.2 When generated 52.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 52.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 52.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 52.1.1.2.2 When generated 52.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 52.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 52.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2067<\/td>\n | 52.1.1.3.2 When generated 52.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 52.2 Delay constraints 52.3 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2068<\/td>\n | 52.4 PMD functional specifications 52.4.1 PMD block diagram 52.4.2 PMD Transmit function 52.4.3 PMD Receive function 52.4.4 PMD Signal Detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2069<\/td>\n | 52.4.5 PMD_reset function 52.4.6 PMD_fault function 52.4.7 PMD_global_transmit_disable function 52.4.8 PMD_transmit_fault function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2070<\/td>\n | 52.4.9 PMD_receive_fault function 52.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-S 52.5.1 10GBASE-S transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2072<\/td>\n | 52.5.2 10GBASE-S receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2073<\/td>\n | 52.5.3 10GBASE-S link power budgets (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2074<\/td>\n | 52.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-L 52.6.1 10GBASE-L transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2075<\/td>\n | 52.6.2 10GBASE-L receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2076<\/td>\n | 52.6.3 10GBASE-L link power budgets (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2077<\/td>\n | 52.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-E 52.7.1 10GBASE-E transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2078<\/td>\n | 52.7.2 10GBASE-E receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2079<\/td>\n | 52.7.3 10GBASE-E link power budgets (informative) 52.8 Jitter specifications for 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2080<\/td>\n | 52.8.1 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2081<\/td>\n | 52.9 Optical measurement requirements 52.9.1 Test patterns 52.9.1.1 Test-pattern definition <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2082<\/td>\n | 52.9.1.2 Square wave pattern definition 52.9.2 Center wavelength and spectral width measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2083<\/td>\n | 52.9.3 Average optical power measurements 52.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements 52.9.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2084<\/td>\n | 52.9.6 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure 52.9.6.1 General test description 52.9.6.2 Component descriptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2085<\/td>\n | 52.9.6.3 Test Procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2086<\/td>\n | 52.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2087<\/td>\n | 52.9.8 Receiver sensitivity measurements 52.9.9 Stressed receiver conformance test 52.9.9.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2089<\/td>\n | 52.9.9.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2091<\/td>\n | 52.9.9.3 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 52.9.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty measurement 52.9.10.1 Reference transmitter requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2092<\/td>\n | 52.9.10.2 Channel requirements 52.9.10.3 Test receiver requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2093<\/td>\n | 52.9.10.4 Test procedure 52.9.11 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2094<\/td>\n | 52.10 Environmental specifications 52.10.1 General safety 52.10.2 Laser safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2095<\/td>\n | 52.10.3 Installation 52.11 Environment 52.11.1 Electromagnetic emission 52.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 52.12 PMD labeling requirements 52.13 Fiber optic cabling model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2096<\/td>\n | 52.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 52.14.1 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2097<\/td>\n | 52.14.2 Optical fiber connection 52.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2098<\/td>\n | 52.14.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 52.14.3 10GBASE-E attenuator management 52.14.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2099<\/td>\n | 52.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 52, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (Short Wavelength Serial), 10GBASE-L (Long Wavelength Serial), and 10GBASE-E (Extra Long Wavelength Serial)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 52.15.1 Introduction 52.15.2 Identification 52.15.2.1 Implementation identification 52.15.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2100<\/td>\n | 52.15.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 52.15.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, types 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W 52.15.3.1 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2101<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.2 Management functions 52.15.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SR 52.15.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SW <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2102<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LR 52.15.3.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LW 52.15.3.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-ER 52.15.3.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-EW <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2103<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.9 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2104<\/td>\n | 52.15.3.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI 52.15.3.11 Environmental specifications 52.15.3.12 Environment 53. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4 53.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2105<\/td>\n | 53.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2106<\/td>\n | 53.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request 53.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 53.1.2.2 When generated 53.1.2.3 Effect of Receipt 53.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 53.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 53.1.3.2 When generated 53.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 53.1.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 53.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2107<\/td>\n | 53.1.4.2 When generated 53.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 53.2 Delay constraints 53.3 PMD MDIO function mapping <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2108<\/td>\n | 53.4 PMD functional specifications 53.4.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2109<\/td>\n | 53.4.2 PMD transmit function 53.4.3 PMD receive function 53.4.4 Global PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2110<\/td>\n | 53.4.5 PMD lane by lane signal detect function 53.4.6 PMD reset function 53.4.7 Global PMD transmit disable function 53.4.8 PMD lane by lane transmit disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2111<\/td>\n | 53.4.9 PMD fault function 53.4.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 53.4.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 53.5 Wavelength-division multiplexed-lane assignments 53.6 Operating ranges for 10GBASE-LX4 PMD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2112<\/td>\n | 53.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4 53.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2113<\/td>\n | 53.7.2 Receive optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2114<\/td>\n | 53.7.3 Worst case 10GBASE-LX4 link power budget and penalties (informative) 53.8 Jitter specifications for each lane of the 10GBASE-LX4 PMD 53.8.1 Transmit jitter specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2116<\/td>\n | 53.8.1.1 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing 53.8.1.2 Test pattern requirements for transmit jitter testing 53.8.2 Receive jitter tolerance specification 53.8.2.1 Input jitter for receiver jitter test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2117<\/td>\n | 53.8.2.2 Added sinusoidal jitter for receiver jitter test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2118<\/td>\n | 53.9 Optical measurement requirements 53.9.1 Wavelength range measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2119<\/td>\n | 53.9.2 Optical power measurements 53.9.3 Source spectral window measurements 53.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements 53.9.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) measurements 53.9.6 Relative Intensity Noise [RIN12(OMA)] 53.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2120<\/td>\n | 53.9.8 Transmit rise\/fall characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2121<\/td>\n | 53.9.9 Receive sensitivity measurements 53.9.10 Transmitter jitter conformance (per lane) 53.9.10.1 Block diagram and general description of test set up <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2122<\/td>\n | 53.9.10.2 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2123<\/td>\n | 53.9.10.3 Transmit jitter test procedure 53.9.11 Receive sensitivity measurements 53.9.12 Stressed receiver conformance test 53.9.12.1 Block diagram of stressed receiver tolerance test set up <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2124<\/td>\n | 53.9.12.2 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 53.9.12.3 Characterization of receiver input signal 53.9.12.4 Jitter tolerance test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2125<\/td>\n | 53.9.13 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 53.9.14 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2127<\/td>\n | 53.9.15 Receiver test suite for WDM conformance testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2129<\/td>\n | 53.10 Environmental specifications 53.10.1 General safety 53.10.2 Laser safety 53.10.3 Installation 53.11 Environment 53.11.1 Electromagnetic emission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2130<\/td>\n | 53.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling 53.12 PMD labeling requirements 53.13 Fiber optic cabling model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2131<\/td>\n | 53.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 53.14.1 Optical fiber and cable 53.14.2 Optical fiber connection 53.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2132<\/td>\n | 53.14.2.2 Connection return loss 53.14.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 53.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 53, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 53.15.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2133<\/td>\n | 53.15.2 Identification 53.15.2.1 Implementation identification 53.15.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2134<\/td>\n | 53.15.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2135<\/td>\n | 53.15.4 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-LX4 and baseband medium <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2136<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.1 PMD Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2138<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4 53.15.4.3 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2139<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.4 Jitter specifications 53.15.4.5 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2143<\/td>\n | 53.15.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 54. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4 54.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2144<\/td>\n | 54.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 54.3 Delay constraints 54.4 PMD MDIO function mapping 54.5 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2145<\/td>\n | 54.5.1 Link block diagram 54.5.2 PMD Transmit function 54.5.3 PMD Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2146<\/td>\n | 54.5.4 Global PMD signal detect function 54.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 54.5.6 Global PMD transmit disable function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2147<\/td>\n | 54.5.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 54.5.8 Loopback mode 54.5.9 PMD fault function 54.5.10 PMD transmit fault function 54.5.11 PMD receive fault function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2148<\/td>\n | 54.6 MDI Electrical specifications for 10GBASE-CX4 54.6.1 Signal levels 54.6.2 Signal paths 54.6.3 Transmitter characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2149<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.1 Test fixtures 54.6.3.2 Test-fixture impedance 54.6.3.3 Signaling speed range 54.6.3.4 Output amplitude <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2150<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.5 Output return loss 54.6.3.6 Differential output template <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2152<\/td>\n | 54.6.3.7 Transition time 54.6.3.8 Transmit jitter 54.6.3.9 Transmit jitter test requirements 54.6.4 Receiver characteristics 54.6.4.1 Bit error ratio <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2153<\/td>\n | 54.6.4.2 Signaling speed range 54.6.4.3 AC-coupling 54.6.4.4 Input signal amplitude 54.6.4.5 Input return loss 54.7 Cable assembly characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2154<\/td>\n | 54.7.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance 54.7.2 Cable assembly insertion loss 54.7.3 Cable assembly return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2155<\/td>\n | 54.7.4 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) 54.7.4.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk 54.7.4.2 Multiple Disturber Near-End Crosstalk (MDNEXT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2156<\/td>\n | 54.7.5 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT) 54.7.5.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2157<\/td>\n | 54.7.5.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2158<\/td>\n | 54.7.6 Shielding 54.7.7 Crossover function 54.8 MDI specification 54.8.1 MDI connectors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2159<\/td>\n | 54.8.2 Connector pin assignments 54.9 Environmental specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2160<\/td>\n | 54.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 54, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 54.10.1 Introduction 54.10.2 Identification 54.10.2.1 Implementation identification 54.10.2.2 Protocol summary 54.10.3 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-CX4 and baseband medium <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2161<\/td>\n | 54.10.4 Major capabilities \/ options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2162<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.1 PMD Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2164<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.2 Management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2165<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.3 Transmitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2167<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.4 Receiver specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2168<\/td>\n | 54.10.4.5 Cable assembly specifications 54.10.4.6 MDI connector specifications 55. Clause 55 is reserved for future use. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2169<\/td>\n | Annex 44A (informative)Diagram of Data Flow 44A.1 10GBASE-R bit ordering 44A.2 10GBASE-W serial bit ordering 44A.3 10GBASE-LX4 bit ordering <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2174<\/td>\n | 44A.4 Loopback locations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2176<\/td>\n | Annex 45A (informative)Clause 45 MDIO electrical interface 45A.1 MDIO driver 45A.2 Single Clause 45 electrical interface 45A.3 Clause 45 electrical interface for STA with Clause 22 electrical interface to PHYs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2177<\/td>\n | 45A.4 Clause 22 electrical interface for STA with Clause 45 electrical interface to MMDs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2178<\/td>\n | Annex 48A (normative)Jitter test patterns 48A.1 High-frequency test pattern 48A.2 Low-frequency test pattern 48A.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2179<\/td>\n | 48A.4 Continuous random test pattern (CRPAT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2180<\/td>\n | 48A.5 Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2182<\/td>\n | 48A.5.1 Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT) 10 bit values <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2185<\/td>\n | Annex 48B (informative)Jitter test methods 48B.1 BER and jitter model 48B.1.1 Description of dual Dirac mathematical model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2187<\/td>\n | 48B.1.2 Random Jitter 48B.1.3 Addition of Deterministic Jitter <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2188<\/td>\n | 48B.1.4 Effects of jitter high-pass filtering and CJPAT on deterministic jitter 48B.2 Jitter tolerance test methodologies 48B.2.1 Calibration of a signal source using the BERT scan technique <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2189<\/td>\n | 48B.3 Jitter output test methodologies <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2190<\/td>\n | 48B.3.1 Time domain measurement\u2014Scope and BERT scan 48B.3.1.1 Jitter high pass filtering (using Golden PLL) 48B.3.1.2 Time domain scope measurement 48B.3.1.3 BERT Scan 48B.3.1.3.1 Approximate curve-fitting for BERT scan <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2191<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2 Time Interval Analysis <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2192<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2.1 TIA with Golden PLL 48B.3.2.1.1 Test method <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2193<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2.2 TIA with pattern trigger 48B.3.2.2.1 Test Method <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2194<\/td>\n | 48B.3.2.3 Approximate curve fitting for TIA bathtub curve <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2195<\/td>\n | Annex 50A (informative)Thresholds for Severely Errored Second calculations 50A.1 Section SES threshold 50A.2 Line SES threshold 50A.3 Path SES threshold <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2196<\/td>\n | 50A.4 Definition of Path Block Error 50A.5 Definition of Far End Path Block Error <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2197<\/td>\n | 56. Introduction to Ethernet for subscriber access networks 56.1 Overview 56.1.1 Summary of P2P sublayers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2198<\/td>\n | 56.1.2 Summary of P2MP sublayers 56.1.2.1 Multipoint MAC Control Protocol (MPCP) 56.1.2.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and media independent interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2199<\/td>\n | 56.1.3 Physical Layer signaling systems <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2201<\/td>\n | 56.1.4 Management 56.1.5 Unidirectional transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2202<\/td>\n | 56.2 State diagrams 56.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma 57. Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 57.1 Overview 57.1.1 Scope 57.1.2 Summary of objectives and major concepts <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2203<\/td>\n | 57.1.3 Summary of non-objectives 57.1.4 Positioning of OAM within the IEEE 802.3 architecture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2204<\/td>\n | 57.1.5 Compatibility considerations 57.1.5.1 Application 57.1.5.2 Interoperability between OAM capable DTEs 57.1.5.3 MAC Control PAUSE 57.1.5.4 Interface to MAC Control client 57.1.5.5 Frame loss during OAM remote loopback 57.1.6 State diagram conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2205<\/td>\n | 57.2 Functional specifications 57.2.1 Interlayer service interfaces 57.2.2 Principles of operation 57.2.3 Instances of the MAC data service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2206<\/td>\n | 57.2.4 Responsibilities of OAM client 57.2.5 OAM client interactions 57.2.5.1 OAMPDU.request 57.2.5.1.1 Function 57.2.5.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2207<\/td>\n | 57.2.5.1.3 When generated 57.2.5.1.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.5.2 OAMPDU.indication 57.2.5.2.1 Function 57.2.5.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57.2.5.2.3 When generated <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2208<\/td>\n | 57.2.5.2.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.5.3 OAM_CTL.request 57.2.5.3.1 Function 57.2.5.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2209<\/td>\n | 57.2.5.3.3 When generated 57.2.5.3.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.5.4 OAM_CTL.indication 57.2.5.4.1 Function 57.2.5.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57.2.5.4.3 When generated 57.2.5.4.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.6 Instances of the OAM internal service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2210<\/td>\n | 57.2.7 Internal block diagram 57.2.8 OAM internal interactions 57.2.8.1 OAMI.request 57.2.8.1.1 Function 57.2.8.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2211<\/td>\n | 57.2.8.1.3 When generated 57.2.8.1.4 Effect of receipt 57.2.8.2 OAMI.indication 57.2.8.2.1 Function 57.2.8.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57.2.8.2.3 When generated 57.2.8.2.4 Effect of receipt <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2212<\/td>\n | 57.2.9 Modes 57.2.9.1 Active mode 57.2.9.2 Passive mode 57.2.10 OAM events 57.2.10.1 Critical link events <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2213<\/td>\n | 57.2.10.2 Link events 57.2.10.3 Local event procedure 57.2.10.4 Remote event procedure 57.2.11 OAM remote loopback <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2214<\/td>\n | 57.2.11.1 Initiating OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.2 During OAM remote loopback <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2215<\/td>\n | 57.2.11.3 Exiting OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.4 Loss of OAMPDUs during OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.5 Loss of frames during OAM remote loopback 57.2.11.6 Timing considerations for OAM remote loopback <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2216<\/td>\n | 57.2.12 Unidirectional OAM operation 57.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2217<\/td>\n | 57.3.1 State diagram variables 57.3.1.1 Constants 57.3.1.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2219<\/td>\n | 57.3.1.3 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2220<\/td>\n | 57.3.1.4 Counters 57.3.1.5 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2221<\/td>\n | 57.3.2 Control 57.3.2.1 OAM Discovery 57.3.2.1.1 FAULT state <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2222<\/td>\n | 57.3.2.1.2 ACTIVE_SEND_LOCAL state 57.3.2.1.3 PASSIVE_WAIT state 57.3.2.1.4 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE state 57.3.2.1.5 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE_OK state 57.3.2.1.6 SEND_ANY state 57.3.2.1.7 Sending Discovery status to peer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2223<\/td>\n | 57.3.2.2 Transmit 57.3.2.2.1 RESET state 57.3.2.2.2 WAIT_FOR_TX state 57.3.2.2.3 Expiration of pdu_timer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2224<\/td>\n | 57.3.2.2.4 Valid request to send an OAMPDU 57.3.2.2.5 TX_OAMPDU state 57.3.2.2.6 Transmit rules 57.3.2.3 Receive rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2225<\/td>\n | 57.3.3 Multiplexer 57.3.3.1 WAIT_FOR_TX state 57.3.3.1.1 Valid request to send an OAMPDU 57.3.3.1.2 Valid request to forward or loop back frame <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2226<\/td>\n | 57.3.3.2 TX_FRAME state 57.3.4 Parser 57.3.4.1 Reception of OAMPDU 57.3.4.2 Reception of non-OAMPDUs 57.3.4.2.1 Reception of non-OAMPDU in FWD mode <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2227<\/td>\n | 57.3.4.2.2 Reception of non-OAMPDU in LB mode 57.3.4.2.3 Reception of non-OAMPDU in DISCARD mode 57.4 OAMPDUs 57.4.1 Ordering and representation of octets 57.4.2 Structure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2228<\/td>\n | 57.4.2.1 Flags field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2229<\/td>\n | 57.4.2.2 Code field <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2230<\/td>\n | 57.4.3 OAMPDU descriptions 57.4.3.1 Information OAMPDU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2231<\/td>\n | 57.4.3.2 Event Notification OAMPDU 57.4.3.3 Variable Request OAMPDU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2232<\/td>\n | 57.4.3.4 Variable Response OAMPDU 57.4.3.5 Loopback Control OAMPDU <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2233<\/td>\n | 57.4.3.6 Organization Specific OAMPDU 57.5 OAM TLVs 57.5.1 Parsing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2234<\/td>\n | 57.5.2 Information TLVs 57.5.2.1 Local Information TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2236<\/td>\n | 57.5.2.2 Remote Information TLV 57.5.2.3 Organization Specific Information TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2237<\/td>\n | 57.5.3 Link Event TLVs 57.5.3.1 Errored Symbol Period Event TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2238<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.2 Errored Frame Event TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2239<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.3 Errored Frame Period Event TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2241<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.4 Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event TLV <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2242<\/td>\n | 57.5.3.5 Organization Specific Event TLVs 57.6 Variables 57.6.1 Variable Descriptors <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2243<\/td>\n | 57.6.2 Variable Containers 57.6.2.1 Format of Variable Containers when returning attributes 57.6.2.2 Format of Variable Containers when returning packages and objects <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2244<\/td>\n | 57.6.3 Parsing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2245<\/td>\n | 57.6.4 Variable Branch\/Leaf examples 57.6.5 Variable Indications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2246<\/td>\n | 57.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 57, Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 57.7.1 Introduction 57.7.2 Identification 57.7.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2247<\/td>\n | 57.7.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2248<\/td>\n | 57.7.2.3 Major capabilities\/options 57.7.3 PICS proforma tables for Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 57.7.3.1 Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2250<\/td>\n | 57.7.3.2 Event Notification Generation and Reception 57.7.3.3 OAMPDUs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2252<\/td>\n | 57.7.3.4 Local Information TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2254<\/td>\n | 57.7.3.5 Remote Information TLVs 57.7.3.6 Organization Specific Information TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2255<\/td>\n | 57.7.4 Link Event TLVs <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2256<\/td>\n | 57.7.5 Variables Descriptors and Containers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2257<\/td>\n | 58. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 58.1 Overview 58.1.1 Goals and objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2258<\/td>\n | 58.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 58.1.3 Terminology and conventions 58.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2259<\/td>\n | 58.1.4.1 Delay constraints 58.1.4.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request 58.1.4.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 58.1.4.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 58.2 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2260<\/td>\n | 58.2.1 PMD block diagram 58.2.2 PMD transmit function 58.2.3 PMD receive function 58.2.4 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2261<\/td>\n | 58.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10 58.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2262<\/td>\n | 58.3.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2263<\/td>\n | 58.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10 58.4.1 Transmit optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2264<\/td>\n | 58.4.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2265<\/td>\n | 58.5 Illustrative 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 channels and penalties (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2266<\/td>\n | 58.6 Jitter at TP1 and TP4 for 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2267<\/td>\n | 58.7 Optical measurement requirements 58.7.1 Test patterns 58.7.1.1 100BASE-X optical frame based test pattern <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2270<\/td>\n | 58.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements 58.7.3 Optical power measurements 58.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2271<\/td>\n | 58.7.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) measurements (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2272<\/td>\n | 58.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2273<\/td>\n | 58.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure 58.7.7.1 General test description 58.7.7.2 Component descriptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2274<\/td>\n | 58.7.7.3 Test procedure 58.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2276<\/td>\n | 58.7.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) measurement 58.7.9.1 Reference transmitter requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2277<\/td>\n | 58.7.9.2 Channel requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2278<\/td>\n | 58.7.9.3 Reference receiver requirements 58.7.9.4 Test procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2279<\/td>\n | 58.7.9.5 Approximate measures of TDP (informative) 58.7.10 Receiver sensitivity measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2280<\/td>\n | 58.7.11 Stressed receiver conformance test 58.7.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2282<\/td>\n | 58.7.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2284<\/td>\n | 58.7.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 58.7.11.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2285<\/td>\n | 58.7.12 Jitter measurements (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2286<\/td>\n | 58.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling 58.8.1 General safety 58.8.2 Laser safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2287<\/td>\n | 58.8.3 Installation 58.8.4 Environment 58.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 58.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 58.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2288<\/td>\n | 58.9.2 Optical fiber and cable 58.9.3 Optical fiber connection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2289<\/td>\n | 58.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 58.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 58, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 58.10.1 Introduction 58.10.2 Identification 58.10.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2290<\/td>\n | 58.10.2.2 Protocol summary 58.10.2.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2291<\/td>\n | 58.10.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 58.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications 58.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10 58.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-D <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2292<\/td>\n | 58.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-U 58.10.3.5 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2293<\/td>\n | 58.10.3.6 Environmental specifications 58.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI 59. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 59.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2294<\/td>\n | 59.1.1 Goals and objectives 59.1.2 Positioning of 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 PMDs within the IEEE 802.3 architecture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2295<\/td>\n | 59.1.3 Terminology and conventions 59.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2296<\/td>\n | 59.1.5 Delay constraints 59.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 59.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 59.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 59.2 PMD functional specifications 59.2.1 PMD block diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2297<\/td>\n | 59.2.2 PMD transmit function 59.2.3 PMD receive function 59.2.4 PMD signal detect function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2298<\/td>\n | 59.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10 59.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2301<\/td>\n | 59.3.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2302<\/td>\n | 59.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D and 1000BASE-BX10-U 59.4.1 Transmit optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2303<\/td>\n | 59.4.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2304<\/td>\n | 59.5 Illustrative 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 channels and penalties (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2305<\/td>\n | 59.6 Jitter specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2306<\/td>\n | 59.7 Optical measurement requirements 59.7.1 Test patterns <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2310<\/td>\n | 59.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2311<\/td>\n | 59.7.3 Optical power measurements 59.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements 59.7.5 OMA measurements (informative) 59.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) 59.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN12OMA) 59.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2312<\/td>\n | 59.7.9 Transmit rise\/fall characteristics 59.7.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 59.7.11 Receive sensitivity measurements 59.7.12 Total jitter measurements (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2313<\/td>\n | 59.7.13 Deterministic or high probability jitter measurement (informative) 59.7.14 Stressed receiver conformance test <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2314<\/td>\n | 59.7.15 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 59.8 Environmental, safety and labeling specifications 59.8.1 General Safety 59.8.2 Laser safety <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2315<\/td>\n | 59.8.3 Installation 59.8.4 Environment 59.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 59.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 59.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2316<\/td>\n | 59.9.2 Optical fiber and cable <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2317<\/td>\n | 59.9.3 Optical fiber connection 59.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2318<\/td>\n | 59.9.5 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of 1000BASE-LX10 <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2319<\/td>\n | 59.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 59, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASELX10 (Long Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 59.10.1 Introduction 59.10.2 Identification 59.10.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2320<\/td>\n | 59.10.2.2 Protocol summary 59.10.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2321<\/td>\n | 59.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications 59.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10 59.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2322<\/td>\n | 59.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-U 59.10.3.5 Optical Measurement Requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2323<\/td>\n | 59.10.3.6 Environmental, safety and labeling specifications 59.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 59.10.3.8 Offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2324<\/td>\n | 60. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (long wavelength passive optical networks) 60.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2325<\/td>\n | 60.1.1 Goals and objectives 60.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2326<\/td>\n | 60.1.3 Terminology and conventions 60.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2327<\/td>\n | 60.1.5 Delay constraints 60.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request 60.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 60.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.request 60.1.5.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2328<\/td>\n | 60.2 PMD functional specifications 60.2.1 PMD block diagram 60.2.2 PMD transmit function 60.2.3 PMD receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2329<\/td>\n | 60.2.4 PMD signal detect function 60.2.4.1 ONU PMD signal detect (downstream) 60.2.4.2 OLT PMD signal detect (upstream) 60.2.4.3 1000BASE-PX Signal detect functions 60.2.5 PMD transmit enable function for ONU 60.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D and 1000BASE-PX10-U <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2330<\/td>\n | 60.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2331<\/td>\n | 60.3.2 Receiver optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2332<\/td>\n | 60.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D and 1000BASE-PX20-U 60.4.1 Transmit optical specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2334<\/td>\n | 60.4.2 Receiver optical specifications 60.5 Illustrative 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 channels and penalties (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2336<\/td>\n | 60.6 Jitter at TP1-4 for 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (informative) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2338<\/td>\n | 60.7 Optical measurement requirements 60.7.1 Frame based test patterns 60.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2339<\/td>\n | 60.7.3 Optical power measurements 60.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements 60.7.5 OMA measurements (informative) 60.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) 60.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN15OMA) 60.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2340<\/td>\n | 60.7.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 60.7.10 Receive sensitivity measurement 60.7.11 Stressed receive conformance test 60.7.12 Jitter measurements (informative) 60.7.13 Other measurements 60.7.13.1 Laser On\/Off timing measurement 60.7.13.1.1 Definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2341<\/td>\n | 60.7.13.1.2 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2342<\/td>\n | 60.7.13.2 Receiver settling timing measurement (informative) 60.7.13.2.1 Definitions 60.7.13.2.2 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2343<\/td>\n | 60.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling 60.8.1 General safety 60.8.2 Laser safety 60.8.3 Installation 60.8.4 Environment 60.8.5 PMD labeling requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2344<\/td>\n | 60.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 60.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 60.9.2 Optical fiber and cable 60.9.3 Optical fiber connection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2345<\/td>\n | 60.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2346<\/td>\n | 60.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 60, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (long wavelength passive optical networks)[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 60.10.1 Introduction 60.10.2 Identification 60.10.2.1 Implementation identification 60.10.2.2 Protocol Summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2347<\/td>\n | 60.10.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2348<\/td>\n | 60.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 (long wavelength passive optical networks) 60.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications 60.10.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2349<\/td>\n | 60.10.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-U 60.10.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2350<\/td>\n | 60.10.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-U 60.10.4.6 Optical measurement requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2351<\/td>\n | 60.10.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI 60.10.4.8 Environmental specifications 61. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications, type 10PASS-TS and type 2BASE-TL 61.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2352<\/td>\n | 61.1.1 Scope 61.1.2 Objectives 61.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS to other standards <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2353<\/td>\n | 61.1.4 Summary 61.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2354<\/td>\n | 61.1.4.1.1 Implementation of Media Independent Interface 61.1.4.1.2 Summary of MAC-PHY Rate Matching specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2355<\/td>\n | 61.1.4.1.3 Summary of PME Aggregation specification 61.1.4.1.4 Overview of management 61.1.4.2 Summary of Transmission Convergence (TC) specification 61.1.4.3 Summary of handshaking and PHY control specification 61.1.5 Application of 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS 61.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations 61.1.5.2 Incorporating the 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS PHY into a DTE 61.1.5.3 Application and examples of PME Aggregation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2356<\/td>\n | 61.1.5.3.1 Addressing PCS and PME instances 61.1.5.3.2 Indicating PME aggregation capability <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2358<\/td>\n | 61.1.5.3.3 Setting PME aggregation connection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2359<\/td>\n | 61.1.5.4 Support for handshaking <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2360<\/td>\n | 61.2 PCS functional specifications 61.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional specifications 61.2.1.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functions 61.2.1.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional interfaces 61.2.1.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching – MII signals 61.2.1.2.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching-Management entity signals 61.2.1.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams 61.2.1.3.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2361<\/td>\n | 61.2.1.3.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram variables 61.2.1.3.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2362<\/td>\n | 61.2.1.3.4 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram functions 61.2.1.3.5 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2363<\/td>\n | 61.2.2 PME Aggregation functional specifications 61.2.2.1 PAF Enable and Bypass <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2364<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.2 PME Aggregation functions 61.2.2.3 PME Aggregation Transmit function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2365<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.4 PME Aggregation Receive function 61.2.2.4.1 Expected sequence number 61.2.2.4.2 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2366<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.4.3 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2367<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.4.4 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram description 61.2.2.5 PME Aggregation restrictions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2368<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.6 PME Aggregation transmit function restrictions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2369<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.7 Error-detecting rules 61.2.2.7.1 Errors during fragment reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2370<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.7.2 Errors in fragment sequencing 61.2.2.7.3 Errors in packet reassembly 61.2.2.8 PME aggregation functional interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2371<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.8.1 PME aggregation-\u03b3-interface signals 61.2.2.8.2 PME aggregation-management entity signals 61.2.2.8.3 PME aggregation register functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2372<\/td>\n | 61.2.2.8.4 PME aggregation discovery register functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2373<\/td>\n | 61.2.3 PCS sublayer: Management entity signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2374<\/td>\n | 61.3 TC sublayer functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2375<\/td>\n | 61.3.1 The \u03b3-interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2376<\/td>\n | 61.3.2 The \u03b1(\u03b2)-interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2377<\/td>\n | 61.3.2.1 \u03b1(\u03b2) data flow: reference G.993.1 section 7.1.1 61.3.2.2 \u03b1(\u03b2) synchronization flow <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2378<\/td>\n | 61.3.2.3 \u03b1(\u03b2) OAM flow[1]The term \u201cOAM\u201d as used here refers to the OAM facilities as defined in the referenced G.993.1 document. 61.3.3 TC functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2379<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.1 TC encapsulation and coding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2381<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.2 Sync insertion and transmit control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2382<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.3 TC-CRC functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2383<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.4 Bit ordering 61.3.3.5 Sync detection <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2385<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.5.1 State diagram variables 61.3.3.5.2 State diagram 61.3.3.6 Receive control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2386<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.7 State diagrams for 64\/65-octet encapsulation 61.3.3.7.1 Transmit state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2388<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.7.2 Receive state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2390<\/td>\n | 61.3.3.8 TC sublayer management entity signals <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2391<\/td>\n | 61.4 Handshaking and PHY control specification for type 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 61.4.1 Overview 61.4.2 Replacement of 1, \u201cScope\u201d 61.4.2.1 Scope 61.4.2.2 Purpose <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2392<\/td>\n | 61.4.3 Changes to 6.1, \u201cDescription of signals\u201d 61.4.4 Changes to 9.4, \u201cStandard information field (S)\u201d 61.4.5 Changes to 9.5, \u201cNon-standard information field (NS)\u201d 61.4.6 Applicability of Annex A\u2013B and Appendix I\u2013VI <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2393<\/td>\n | 61.4.7 PME Aggregation \u2013 remote access of PME Aggregation registers 61.4.7.1 Remote_discovery_register <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2394<\/td>\n | 61.4.7.2 PME_Aggregate_register <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2395<\/td>\n | 61.4.7.3 Timing and preferred transactions 61.5 Link segment characteristics <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2396<\/td>\n | 61.6 MDI specification 61.7 System considerations 61.8 Environmental specifications 61.9 PHY labeling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2397<\/td>\n | 61.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 61, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASE-TL[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 61.10.1 Introduction 61.10.2 Identification 61.10.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2398<\/td>\n | 61.10.2.2 Protocol summary 61.10.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2399<\/td>\n | 61.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASE-TL 61.10.4.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2400<\/td>\n | 61.10.4.2 64\/65-octet Encapsulation 61.10.4.3 PME Aggregation[1]All items listed in this section are only applicable if the optional PME Aggregation Function is supported. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2407<\/td>\n | 61.10.4.4 Handshaking 62. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS 62.1 Overview 62.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2408<\/td>\n | 62.1.2 Objectives 62.1.3 Relation of 10PASS-TS to other standards 62.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification 62.1.4.1 \u03b1(\u03b2)-interface 62.1.4.2 The I-interface 62.1.4.2.1 The I Data Flow 62.1.4.2.2 The I Synchronization Flow <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2409<\/td>\n | 62.2 PMA functional specifications 62.2.1 PMA functional diagram 62.2.2 PMA functional specifications 62.2.3 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2410<\/td>\n | 62.2.4 Specific requirements and exceptions 62.2.4.1 Replacement of 9.3.1, \u201cPMS-TC functional diagram\u201d 62.2.4.2 Changes to 9.3.3, \u201cForward error correction\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2411<\/td>\n | 62.2.4.3 Changes to 9.3.5, \u201cFraming\u201d 62.3 PMD functional specifications 62.3.1 PMD Overview 62.3.2 PMD functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2412<\/td>\n | 62.3.3 General exceptions 62.3.4 Specific requirements and exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2413<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.1 Replacement of 8.2.1, \u201cMulti-carrier Modulation\u201d 62.3.4.2 Changes to 8.2.2, \u201cCyclic extension\u201d 62.3.4.3 Changes to 8.2.3, \u201cSynchronization\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2414<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.4 Replacement of 8.2.4, \u201cPower back-off in the upstream direction\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2415<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.5 Changes to 8.2.5, \u201cConstellation encoder\u201d 62.3.4.6 Changes to 8.2.8, \u201cU-interface characteristics\u201d 62.3.4.7 Changes to section 10, \u201cOperations and maintenance\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2416<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.8 Changes to 11.1, \u201cVDSL Link State and Timing Diagram\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2418<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.9 Changes to section 18 (Annex 4), \u201cHandshake procedure for VDSL\u201d 62.3.4.9.1 Replacement of 18.1, \u201cIntroduction\u201d 62.3.4.9.2 Replacement of 18.2, \u201cDescription of signals\u201d 62.3.4.9.3 Replacement of 18.3, \u201cMessage coding format\u201d 62.3.4.9.4 Replacement of 18.4.1, \u201cHandshake – 10PASS-TS-O\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2420<\/td>\n | 62.3.4.9.5 Replacement of 18.4.2, \u201cHandshake – 10PASS-TS-R\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2422<\/td>\n | 62.3.5 Transmission medium interface characteristics 62.3.5.1 Transmit signal characteristics 62.3.5.1.1 Wide-band power <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2423<\/td>\n | 62.3.5.1.2 Power spectral density (PSD) 62.3.5.1.3 Egress control 62.3.5.2 Termination impedance 62.3.5.3 Return loss <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2424<\/td>\n | 62.3.5.4 Output signal balance 62.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 62, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 62.4.1 Introduction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2425<\/td>\n | 62.4.2 Identification 62.4.2.1 Implementation identification 62.4.2.2 Protocol summary 62.4.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2426<\/td>\n | 62.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS 62.4.4.1 MCM-VDSL based PMA 62.4.4.2 MCM-VDSL based PMD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2429<\/td>\n | 63. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASE-TL 63.1 2BASE-TL Overview 63.1.1 Scope <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2430<\/td>\n | 63.1.2 Objectives 63.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL to other standards 63.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification 63.1.4.1 \u03b1(\u03b2)-interface <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2431<\/td>\n | 63.1.4.2 The I-interface 63.1.4.2.1 The I Data Flow 63.1.4.2.2 The I Synchronization Flow <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2432<\/td>\n | 63.1.4.3 Operation Channel (OC) 63.1.5 Summary of Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) specification 63.2 2BASE-TL PMA functional specifications 63.2.1 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2433<\/td>\n | 63.2.2 Specific requirements and exceptions 63.2.2.1 Changes to 7.1, \u201cData Mode Operation\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2434<\/td>\n | 63.2.2.2 Changes to Section 9, \u201cManagement\u201d 63.2.2.3 Relation between the 2BASE-TL registers and the SHDSL management functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2435<\/td>\n | 63.3 2BASE-TL PMD functional specifications 63.3.1 General exceptions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2436<\/td>\n | 63.3.2 Specific requirements and exceptions 63.3.2.1 Replacement of section 5, \u201cTransport Capacity\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2437<\/td>\n | 63.3.2.2 Changes to section 6, \u201cPMD Layer Functional Characteristics\u201d <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2438<\/td>\n | 63.3.2.3 Changes to section 10, \u201cClock Architecture\u201d 63.3.2.4 Changes to Annex A, \u201cRegional Requirements – Region 1\u201d 63.3.2.4.1 General Changes 63.3.2.4.2 Additional requirement: wetting current 63.3.2.5 Changes to Annex B, \u201cRegional Requirements – Region 2\u201d 63.3.2.5.1 General Changes <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2439<\/td>\n | 63.3.2.5.2 Additional requirement: wetting current 63.3.2.6 Changes to Annex C, \u201cRegional Requirements – Region 3\u201d 63.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 63, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASE-TL[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 63.4.1 Introduction 63.4.2 Identification 63.4.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2440<\/td>\n | 63.4.2.2 Protocol summary 63.4.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2441<\/td>\n | 63.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayers, type 2BASE-TL 63.4.4.1 SHDSL based PMA <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2442<\/td>\n | 63.4.4.2 SHDSL based PMD 64. Multipoint MAC Control 64.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2443<\/td>\n | 64.1.1 Goals and objectives <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2444<\/td>\n | 64.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2445<\/td>\n | 64.1.3 Functional block diagram 64.1.4 Service interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2446<\/td>\n | 64.1.5 State diagram conventions 64.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2447<\/td>\n | 64.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2448<\/td>\n | 64.2.1.1 Ranging and Timing Process <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2449<\/td>\n | 64.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2450<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.1 Constants <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2451<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.2 Counters 64.2.2.3 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2453<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.4 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2454<\/td>\n | 64.2.2.5 Timers 64.2.2.6 Messages 64.2.2.7 State Diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2457<\/td>\n | 64.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP) 64.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2458<\/td>\n | 64.3.2 Compatibility considerations 64.3.2.1 PAUSE operation 64.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN Emulation 64.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support 64.3.2.4 Delay requirements <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2459<\/td>\n | 64.3.3 Discovery Processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2461<\/td>\n | 64.3.3.1 Constants 64.3.3.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2462<\/td>\n | 64.3.3.3 Functions 64.3.3.4 Timers 64.3.3.5 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2464<\/td>\n | 64.3.3.6 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2467<\/td>\n | 64.3.4 Report Processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2468<\/td>\n | 64.3.4.1 Constants 64.3.4.2 Variables 64.3.4.3 Functions 64.3.4.4 Timers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2469<\/td>\n | 64.3.4.5 Messages 64.3.4.6 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2470<\/td>\n | 64.3.5 Gate Processing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2471<\/td>\n | 64.3.5.1 Constants 64.3.5.2 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2473<\/td>\n | 64.3.5.3 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2474<\/td>\n | 64.3.5.4 Timers 64.3.5.5 Messages 64.3.5.6 State Diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2476<\/td>\n | 64.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2477<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.1 GATE description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2479<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.2 REPORT description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2481<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.3 .REGISTER_REQ description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2482<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.4 REGISTER description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2483<\/td>\n | 64.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2484<\/td>\n | 64.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 64, Multipoint MAC Control[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 64.4.1 Introduction 64.4.2 Identification 64.4.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2485<\/td>\n | 64.4.2.2 Protocol summary 64.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 64.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control 64.4.4.1 Compatibility Considerations 64.4.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2486<\/td>\n | 64.4.4.3 State Machines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2487<\/td>\n | 64.4.4.4 MPCP 65. Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) \/ Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2488<\/td>\n | 65.1 Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for point-to-point emulation 65.1.1 Overview 65.1.2 Principle of operation 65.1.3 Functional specifications <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2489<\/td>\n | 65.1.3.1 Variables 65.1.3.2 Transmit 65.1.3.2.1 SLD <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2490<\/td>\n | 65.1.3.2.2 LLID 65.1.3.2.3 CRC-8 65.1.3.3 Receive function <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2491<\/td>\n | 65.1.3.3.1 SLD 65.1.3.3.2 LLID <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2492<\/td>\n | 65.1.3.3.3 CRC-8 65.2 Extensions of the physical coding sublayer for data detection and forward error correction 65.2.1 Overview 65.2.2 Burst-mode operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2493<\/td>\n | 65.2.2.1 Principle of operation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2494<\/td>\n | 65.2.2.2 Detailed functions and state diagrams 65.2.2.2.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2495<\/td>\n | 65.2.2.2.2 Functions 65.2.2.2.3 Messages 65.2.2.2.4 Counters 65.2.2.3 State Diagrams <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2496<\/td>\n | 65.2.3 Forward error correction 65.2.3.1 FEC code <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2497<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.2 FEC frame format 65.2.3.2.1 Placing parity octets 65.2.3.2.2 Shortened last block 65.2.3.2.3 Special frame markers <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2498<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.3 FEC sublayer operation 65.2.3.3.1 Principles of operation 65.2.3.3.2 Functional block diagram 65.2.3.3.3 Transmission <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2499<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.3.4 Reception <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2500<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams 65.2.3.4.1 State variables 65.2.3.4.2 Notation Conventions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2501<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4.3 Constants 65.2.3.4.4 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2503<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4.5 Functions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2504<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.4.6 Counters 65.2.3.4.7 Messages <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2505<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.5 State diagrams 65.2.3.5.1 Transmit state diagram 65.2.3.5.2 Receive synchronization state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2506<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.5.3 Receive state diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2507<\/td>\n | 65.2.3.6 Error monitoring capability 65.2.3.6.1 buffer_head_coding_violation_counter 65.2.3.6.2 FEC_corrected_blocks_counter 65.2.3.6.3 FEC_uncorrected_Blocks_counter 65.3 Extensions to PMA for 1000BASE-PX 65.3.1 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-U 65.3.1.1 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer interfaces <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2508<\/td>\n | 65.3.1.2 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs 65.3.2 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-D 65.3.2.1 CDR lock timing measurement 65.3.2.1.1 Definitions 65.3.2.1.2 Test specification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2509<\/td>\n | 65.3.3 Delay variation requirements 65.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 65, Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) \/ Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 65.4.1 Introduction 65.4.2 Identification 65.4.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2510<\/td>\n | 65.4.2.2 Protocol summary 65.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 65.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) \/ Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction 65.4.4.1 Operating modes of OLT MACs 65.4.4.2 ONU and OLT variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2511<\/td>\n | 65.4.4.3 Preamble mapping and replacement 65.4.4.4 Data detection 65.4.4.5 FEC requirements 65.4.4.6 FEC state machines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2512<\/td>\n | 65.4.4.7 PMA 65.4.4.8 Delay variation 66. Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport 66.1 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 66.1.1 Overview 66.1.2 Functional specifications 66.1.2.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2513<\/td>\n | 66.1.2.2 Transmit state diagram 66.1.2.3 Far-end fault generate <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2514<\/td>\n | 66.2 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 66.2.1 Overview 66.2.2 Functional specifications 66.2.2.1 Variables <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2515<\/td>\n | 66.2.2.2 Transmit 66.2.2.3 Transmit state diagram 66.3 Modifications to the reconciliation sublayer (RS) for 10 Gb\/s operation 66.3.1 Overview 66.3.2 Functional specifications 66.3.2.1 Link fault signaling <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2516<\/td>\n | 66.3.2.2 Variables 66.3.2.3 State Diagram <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2517<\/td>\n | 66.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 66, Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this subclause so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 66.4.1 Introduction 66.4.2 Identification 66.4.2.1 Implementation identification 66.4.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2518<\/td>\n | 66.4.3 Major capabilities\/options 66.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport 66.4.4.1 Maintaining compatibility with IEEE 802.1 protocols 66.4.4.2 Extensions of the 100BASE-X PHY 66.4.4.3 Extensions of the 1000BASE-X PHY <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2519<\/td>\n | 66.4.4.4 Extensions of the 10 Gb\/s RS 67. System considerations for Ethernet subscriber access networks 67.1 Overview <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2520<\/td>\n | 67.2 Discussion and examples of EFM P2MP topologies 67.2.1 Trade off between link span and split ratio 67.2.2 Single splitter topology <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2521<\/td>\n | 67.2.3 Tree-and-branch topology 67.2.4 Interoperability between certain 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 67.3 Hybrid media topologies <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2522<\/td>\n | 67.4 Topology limitations 67.5 Deployment restrictions for subscriber access copper 67.6 Operations, Administration, and Maintenance 67.6.1 Unidirectional links 67.6.2 Active and Passive modes 67.6.3 Link status signaling in P2MP networks <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2523<\/td>\n | Annex 58A (informative)Frame based testing <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2525<\/td>\n | Annex 61A (informative)EFM Copper examples 61A.1 Purpose and scope 61A.2 Aggregation Discovery example <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2527<\/td>\n | 61A.3 Example of 64\/65-octet encapsulation <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2533<\/td>\n | Annex 61B (normative)Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 61B.1 Purpose and scope 61b.2 Level-1 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 61B.3 Codepoints for 2BASE-TL 61B.3.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2536<\/td>\n | 61B.3.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL 61B.3.2.1 Training parameter codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2544<\/td>\n | 61B.3.2.2 PMMS parameter codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2551<\/td>\n | 61B.3.2.3 Framing parameter codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2553<\/td>\n | 61B.4 Codepoints for 10PASS-TS 61B.4.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS 61B.4.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS 61B.4.2.1 Used bands in upstream codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2554<\/td>\n | 61B.4.2.2 Used bands in downstream codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2555<\/td>\n | 61B.4.2.3 IDFT\/DFT size codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2556<\/td>\n | 61B.4.2.4 Initial length of CE codepoints 61B.4.2.5 MCM RFI band codepoints <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2557<\/td>\n | 61B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 61B, Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this annex so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 61B.5.1 Introduction 61B.5.2 Identification 61B.5.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2558<\/td>\n | 61B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 61B.5.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2559<\/td>\n | 61B.5.4 2BASE-TL handshake coding rules <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2560<\/td>\n | Annex 62A (normative)PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS 62A.1 Introduction and rationale 62A.2 Relationship to other clauses 62A.3 Profile definitions 62A.3.1 Bandplan and PSD mask profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2562<\/td>\n | 62A.3.2 Bandplan definitions 62A.3.3 PSD mask definitions 62A.3.4 UPBO Reference PSD Profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2563<\/td>\n | 62A.3.5 Band Notch Profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2564<\/td>\n | 62A.3.6 Payload rate profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2565<\/td>\n | 63A.3.7 Complete profiles 62A.3.8 Default profile 62A.4 Register settings <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2568<\/td>\n | 62A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 62A, PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS[2]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this annex so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 62A.5.1 Introduction 62A.5.2 Identification 62A.5.2.1 Implementation identification 62A.5.2.2 Protocol summary 62A.5.3 Major capabilities\/options <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2569<\/td>\n | 62A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2573<\/td>\n | Annex 62B (normative)Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles 62B.1 Introduction and rationale 62B.2 Relationship to other clauses 62B.3 Performance test cases <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2574<\/td>\n | 62B.3.1 Additional tests 62B.4 Deployment guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2575<\/td>\n | 62B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for 62B, Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this annex so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 62B.5.1 Introduction 62B.5.2 Identification 62B.5.2.1 Implementation identification 62B.5.2.2 Protocol summary <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2576<\/td>\n | 62B.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 62B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2577<\/td>\n | Annex 62C (informative)10PASS-TS Examples 62C.1 Introduction 62C.2 Bandplan configuration <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2579<\/td>\n | 62C.2.1 Plan A with variable LF region <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2580<\/td>\n | 62C.3 PSD mask configuration 62C.3.1 General procedure <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2581<\/td>\n | 62C.3.2 PSD Masks for Plan A with variable LF region <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2582<\/td>\n | Annex 63A (normative)PMD Profiles for 2BASE-TL 63A.1 Introduction and rationale 63A.2 Relationship to other clauses 63A.3 Profile definitions <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2583<\/td>\n | 63A.4 Register settings <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2584<\/td>\n | 63A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma 63A, PMD Profiles for 2BASE-TL[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this annex so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 63A.5.1 Introduction 63A.5.2 Identification 63A.5.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2585<\/td>\n | 63A.5.2.2 Protocol summary 63A.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 63A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2586<\/td>\n | Annex 63B (normative)Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles 63B.1 Introduction and rationale 63B.2 Relationship to other clauses 63B.3 Performance test cases. <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2588<\/td>\n | 63B.4 Deployment Guidelines <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2589<\/td>\n | 63B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for 63B, Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles[1]Copyright release for PICS proformas: Users of this standard may freely reproduce the PICS proforma in this annex so that it can be used for its intended purpose and may further publish the completed PICS. 63B.5.1 Introduction 63B.5.2 Identification 63B.5.2.1 Implementation identification <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2590<\/td>\n | 63B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 63B.5.3 Major capabilities\/options 63B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2591<\/td>\n | Annex 67A (informative)Environmental characteristics for Ethernet subscriber access networks 67A.1 Introduction 67A.1.1 Terminal deployment scenarios <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2592<\/td>\n | 67A.2 Temperature <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2593<\/td>\n | 67A.3 Temperature impact on optical components <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n | ||||||
| 2594<\/td>\n | 67A.3.1 Component case temperature recommendations <\/td>\n<\/tr>\n<\/table>\n","protected":false},"excerpt":{"rendered":" IEEE Standard for Information Technology – Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA\/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications<\/b><\/p>\n |